黄敬峰
AI 峰哥｜阿峰老师
- 现任 Autolab 创办人｜企业 AI 实战培训专家
- 曾任行政院青年咨询委员会副召集人（第 1、2 届）
- 服务 400+ 企业，培训 10,000+ 商务人士应用 AI
- 培训足迹：台湾、马来西亚、日本｜马来西亚：BNI Malaysia、JCI 新山、Achieve Mutual
- 核心心法：「会用、懂用、好用、每天用」
- 金句：「你是机长，AI 是机组人员」
2016｜获邀加入行政院「青年咨询委员会」
Gemini Certified Educator
2026.09.28 ／ 09:00–18:00 ／ PETALING JAYA
AI 三天实战系列 · 财务与管理
AI 财务会计
实战班
实战班
早上：先学会用 AI
下午：把单据、报表、客户沟通交给 AI
下午：把单据、报表、客户沟通交给 AI
2026 年 9 月 28 日（星期一）｜AES Academy
黄敬峰 · 阿峰老师
00开场
00开场
授课实绩
会用、懂用、好用、每天用——让 AI 真的用进每天的工作
400+
服务企业
300+
场企业培训
10,000+
位学员
4.7+
课程满意度
10 年
企业培训经验
- 培训足迹：台湾、马来西亚、日本
- 马来西亚：BNI Malaysia、JCI 新山、Achieve Mutual
- Google「Gemini Certified Educator」认证讲师
部分合作过的企业与机关
00开场
上课之前：特别感谢
这堂课能开成，要谢谢这几位
01
Achieve Mutual 团队
主办这次「AI 三天实战系列」，从招生到现场都是他们在张罗
02
AES Academy
提供今天上课的场地和设备
03
今天的每一位
把星期一整天交给这堂课——今天一定让你带东西回去
00开场
分组认识彼此
分两组，每人 1 分钟
1
你是谁？
叫什么名字、负责哪些客户或哪些工作
2
上课以前用过 AI 吗？
用来做什么？还没用过也没关系
3
期待今天带走什么？
最想把哪一件工作交给 AI
4
选组长
组长负责：帮组员看画面、收问题、代表小组分享
人不多，有问题随时直接问，不用等到最后。
00开场
这是一个系列，今天是财务这一堂
26/9（六）
AI 一人公司实战工作营
下指令、找资料、做简报、做图片、小工具
✓ 已上完
今天 28/9（一）
AI 财务会计实战班
早上：AI 小白四件事
下午：OCR、对账、Excel 报表、客户沟通
下午：OCR、对账、Excel 报表、客户沟通
▶ 现在
下一期
AI Agent 实战
让 AI 一步一步把整件事做完。日期由主办公布
筹备中
26/9 没来也没关系：今天早上会从头教起。
00开场
今天的议程
| 主题 | 主要工具 | 你会带走 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 早上｜AI 小白：先学会用 | |||
| 01 | AI 时代趋势（会计公司版）＋安全守则 | — | 知道 AI 能帮会计公司做什么 |
| 02 | 用 RCE 下指令：会计公司的 10 件日常 | ChatGPT／Gemini／Claude | 一条自己写的指令 |
| 03 | 会议记录与语音输入 | 会议记录小帮手、Gemini | 一张会议待办表 |
| 04 | 用 AI 找资料 | Perplexity、Deep Research | 一份有来源的资料 |
| 下午｜财会实战：把单据、报表、沟通交给 AI | |||
| 05 | AI 简报制作（财会版） | Canvas／Manus／Notebook | 一份迷你客户月报 |
| 06 | OCR、单据与收支整理 | Gemini、Claude、ChatGPT | 收据表＋分好科目的流水 |
| 07 | Excel 报表分析与预算 | Claude、Gemini Canvas | 一份客户管理报告 |
| 08 | 财务沟通与报告 | Claude、Gemini Notebook | 一封给客户老板的回复 |
00开场
今天的练习世界：一家会计公司，一家 kopitiam 客户
- 你是 ABC 会计公司（虚构） 的会计助理，手上约 30 家中小企业客户
- 同事：合伙人林美玲、资深会计黄志明、会计助理 Nurul 和陈佩玲
- 练习客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）：老板陈国华；3 家 kopitiam（PJ SS2、Subang Jaya SS15、Puchong）＋中央厨房，另做企业团餐
- 正在评估开第 4 家店（Kota Kemuning）
- 所有练习素材都标「虚构资料・仅供练习」
公司、人名、银行、供应商全部是虚构的——但问题都是真的。
01
AI 时代趋势
会计公司版：同一份月结，两种做法
01AI 时代趋势
▶ 切换到趋势简报
AI 正在改变一切
先看看 AI 现在发展到哪里了
（看完回到下一页：同一份月结，两种做法）
01AI 时代趋势
同一份月结工作，两种做法
30 家客户的 9 月单据：10 月 7 日前收齐，15 日前出报表
❌ 助理 A：全部手打
- 一张一张打收据、Invoice
- 银行流水逐笔对，对到眼花
- 客户问「净利为什么掉」，翻半天
- 报表晚交，加班、客户不开心
✅ 助理 B：AI 当助手
- 拍照上传，AI 读成表格（OCR）
- Claude 分科目、找重复付款、对账
- AI 先写月报、客户回复的草稿
- 她自己核数字、做判断
差别不是谁比较努力，是谁把 AI 放进了流程。
01AI 时代趋势
2026 会计公司的 AI 工具箱
| 工具 | 最强的地方 | 今天在哪一段 |
|---|---|---|
| Gemini | 主轴：下指令、读照片和 PDF、Canvas、Deep Research | 02 · 03 · 04 · 06 |
| Claude | Excel 主力：分科目、对账、写函数、画图、现金流 | 02 · 06 · 07 · 08 |
| ChatGPT | OCR 对照组、写作备用 | 02 · 06 |
| Perplexity | 找资料，每一句都附来源 | 04 |
| Gemini Notebook （原 NotebookLM） | 只根据你的文件回答：SOP、客户 FAQ | 05 · 08 |
| Manus | 全自动做完整简报 | 05 |
| 会议记录小帮手 | 录音 → 逐字稿、摘要、待办 | 03 |
01AI 时代趋势
大家聊聊（5 分钟）
不分组，每个人讲一句
1
你每个月花最多时间的，是哪一件事？
2
哪一件你最想明天就交给 AI？
3
你最担心 AI 出什么错？
01AI 时代趋势
第 1 段重点回顾
01
同一份月结，差别在有没有把 AI 放进流程
02
早上学 ChatGPT、Gemini、Claude；下午用 Claude 做 Excel
03
客户的资料不是你的——下一页说清楚
04
你是机长，AI 是机组人员
01AI 时代趋势
这一页比后面任何一页都重要
🔴 安全守则（会计公司版）
1
客户的资料不是你的
客户的帐、银行资料、IC 号码、薪资、合约——不要贴进没经公司批准的 AI（付费个人版也算）。今天全部用练习素材
2
AI 会幻觉，数字要核
它会很有自信地讲错。金额、日期、税号、法规，一定对回原始单据和官方原文
3
你是机长，AI 是机组人员
AI 写草稿；金额、承诺、税务结论，由你和会计师决定
02
用 RCE 下指令
会计公司的 10 件日常
02用 RCE 下指令
注意！打开 AI 之前
三个 AI 今天都会用到，现在一起登入
1
用自己的帐号登入
Gemini、Claude、ChatGPT 都可以用 Google 帐号登入；公司电脑打不开，先用手机
2
免费版就能上课
早上先用 Gemini 或 ChatGPT，Claude 的免费额度留给下午做 Excel
3
只贴练习资料
客户的资料不是你的。今天用的都是「虚构资料・仅供练习」
02用 RCE 下指令
LLM ① · OpenAI
ChatGPT
chatgpt.com
1
打开 chatgpt.com，按「注册」或「登录」
2
用 Google 帐号或 Email 注册
3
手机：下载 ChatGPT App，用同一个帐号登入
今天用来 OCR 三家比较的对照组、写作备用
02用 RCE 下指令
LLM ② · Google
Gemini
gemini.google.com
1
打开 gemini.google.com
2
用 Google 帐号登入（有 Gmail 就有）
3
手机：下载 Gemini App，用同一个帐号登入
今天用来 今天的主轴——下指令、读照片和 PDF（OCR）、Canvas、Deep Research
02用 RCE 下指令
LLM ③ · Anthropic
Claude
claude.ai
1
打开 claude.ai
2
用 Google 帐号或 Email 注册
3
手机：下载 Claude App，用同一个帐号登入
今天用来 下午的 Excel 主力：分科目、对账、写函数、画图
免费版有额度，用完就换 Gemini。备注：Grok（grok.com）也是常见的聊天 AI，今天不教。
02用 RCE 下指令
这一段：6 步学会下指令
| 步骤 | 做什么 |
|---|---|
| 1 | 同一件事，两种问法：没有 RCE vs 有 RCE |
| 2 | 拆解 RCE 三格：角色、情境、期望 |
| 3 | RCE 公式卡：照着填就会写 |
| 4 | 三个追问技巧：不满意不用重写 |
| 5 | 两个帮手：黄金提示词优化师、提示词产生器 |
| 6 | 10 张情境卡 → 挑 2 张去试 → 写你自己的一件工作 |
02用 RCE 下指令
同一件事，两种问法
情境：9 月单据还有 8 家客户没交
❌ 没有 RCE
- 「帮我写一则催客户交单据的讯息」
- 👉 AI 写得很客套
- 👉 没有截止日期
- 👉 没说要交什么
✅ 用 RCE（情境 1）
【角色】你是拥有 35 年经验的马来西亚会计公司客户服务主管……
【情境】我负责约 30 家客户的月结；9 月单据 10 月 7 日前要交齐，还有 8 家没交（老客户、新客户都有）……
【期望】写一则 WhatsApp，老客户版＋新客户版，各 100 字以内：列出要交的单据、截止日期、交件方式、晚交的影响……
👉 完整指令：情境 1（按「📋 复制指令」）
有清单、有截止日期、有晚交的影响，还分老客户、新客户两个版本。
02用 RCE 下指令
RCE 三格：角色 · 情境 · 期望
| 告诉 AI | 会计公司的例子 | |
|---|---|---|
| R 角色 Role | 它是谁：几年经验、专精什么、服务过谁 | 你是拥有 30 年经验的马来西亚会计公司客户服务主管，专精催客户交资料 |
| C 情境 Context | 前因后果：人、事、时、地、物、数字 | 我负责 30 家客户的月结；9 月单据 10 月 7 日前要收齐，还有 8 家没交 |
| E 期望 Expectation | 要的长相：格式、字数、语气、语言、几个版本 | 写一则 WhatsApp，100 字以内；列出要交什么；老客户、新客户各一版 |
年资写 30 年以上：写「资深」AI 不知道多资深；年资越高，它调出来的经验越深。
02用 RCE 下指令
RCE 公式卡：照着填就会写
- 三格都填，AI 就不用猜
- 角色：年资写 30 年以上
- 情境：人事时地物＋数字＋前因后果
- 期望：编号列出 3–5 个具体要求
- 写好先存起来，下次只改空格
RCE 公式卡
【角色】你是拥有 ＿＿ 年经验的 ＿＿（职位）， 专精 ＿＿，曾服务 ＿＿。 【情境】我是 ＿＿，现在要 ＿＿，因为 ＿＿； 对象是 ＿＿；限制是 ＿＿（截止日期／规定／预算）。 【期望】请给我 ＿＿（格式），＿＿ 字以内， 语气 ＿＿，用 ＿＿ 语言，给我 ＿＿ 个版本： 1. ＿＿ 2. ＿＿ 3. ＿＿
02用 RCE 下指令
三个追问技巧：不满意不用重写
1
改长相
「更短一点」「更客气一点」「改成条列」
2
换语言
「同样意思，出一版马来文」
「再给一版英文」
「再给一版英文」
3
让 AI 先问你
「在你回答之前，先问我 3 个问题，确认你懂我要什么」
AI 写草稿；金额、日期、承诺，你自己决定。
02用 RCE 下指令
两个帮手：不会写指令，先抄再改
黄金提示词优化师
把你「一句话的想法」变成完整的 RCE 指令。阿峰老师做的 Gemini 小工具；简体／繁体／English 三个版本，见下一页
gemini.google.com/share/d/1aFhGc5E5s2nRE-b9rpBgykbIUYyPtlsi?usp=sharing
不会写 → 抄一个改 → 存起来 → 下次再改。
02用 RCE 下指令
黄金提示词优化师：三个语言版本
挑你习惯的语言，扫 QR 打开就能用
一句话丢进去 → 它帮你补成完整的角色·情境·期望。
02用 RCE 下指令
情境 1 / 10Case 1 / 10ChatGPT／Gemini／ClaudeChatGPT / Gemini / Claude必做Must-do
催客户交 9 月单据（WhatsApp）Chasing Clients for September Documents (WhatsApp)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的马来西亚会计公司客户服务主管，专精用客气但坚定的语气向中小企业老板催交单据和资料，熟悉习惯用中文、英文或马来文沟通的老板各自的偏好，曾服务超过 300 家餐饮、零售、贸易和服务业客户，让逾期交件的情况明显减少，而且客户不会因为被催而觉得不舒服。You are a client service manager with 35 years of experience at Malaysian accounting firms, specialising in chasing SME owners for documents in a tone that is polite but firm. You understand the preferences of business owners who communicate in Chinese, English or Malay, and have served more than 300 clients in F&B, retail, trading and services, noticeably reducing late submissions without making clients feel pressured.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责约 30 家中小企业客户的月结，其中包括 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。公司规定客户每月 7 号前交齐上个月的全部单据：银行月结单、销售记录、采购 Invoice、费用收据和零用金记录，我们才能在 15 号前出月结报告。9 月的单据要在 10 月 7 日（星期三）前交齐。今天是 10 月 5 日（星期一），还有 8 家客户没交，其中 5 家是合作 3 年以上的老客户，3 家是今年才签约的新客户；月初已经在 WhatsApp 预告过一次。8 月 Kopi Harmoni 的单据晚了 5 天，报表跟着晚出，老板陈国华很不高兴，所以这个月要提早、清楚地催。I am an accounts assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling month-end closing for about 30 SME clients, including Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). Our rule is that clients submit all of the previous month's documents by the 7th of each month: bank statements, sales records, purchase invoices, expense receipts and petty cash records, so that we can issue the month-end report by the 15th. September documents are due by Wednesday, 7 October. Today is Monday, 5 October, and 8 clients still have not submitted: 5 are long-standing clients who have been with us for more than 3 years, and 3 signed up only this year. We already sent an advance notice on WhatsApp at the start of the month. In August, Kopi Harmoni's documents came in 5 days late, the report was delayed as a result, and the owner, Tan Kok Wah, was very unhappy, so this month we need to chase early and clearly.
E
期望Expect.
请帮我写一则 WhatsApp 催件讯息，分老客户版和新客户版，用简体中文，每个版本 100 字以内，语气客气但坚定，可以直接复制发出。具体要求：
1. 列出要交的 5 类单据：银行月结单（全部页数）、销售记录、采购 Invoice、费用收据、零用金记录；
2. 写清楚截止日期是 10 月 7 日（星期三），以及交件方式：拍照、扫描或上传到专属 Google Drive 资料夹；
3. 用一句话说明晚交的影响：月结报告会跟着延后，不要用威胁的语气；
4. 老客户版轻松亲切，可以加一两个常用表情符号；新客户版正式有礼，开头称呼对方公司名称，结尾留负责助理的名字；
5. 不要写任何罚款、额外收费或折扣，这些只有合伙人可以决定。Please write a WhatsApp reminder in two versions, one for long-standing clients and one for new clients, in English, each within 100 words, polite but firm, ready to copy and send. Specific requirements:
1. List the 5 types of documents required: bank statements (all pages), sales records, purchase invoices, expense receipts and petty cash records;
2. State the deadline clearly as Wednesday, 7 October, and how to submit: take a photo, scan, or upload to the client's dedicated Google Drive folder;
3. Explain the impact of late submission in one sentence: the month-end report will be delayed accordingly; do not sound threatening;
4. The version for long-standing clients should be relaxed and friendly and may include one or two common emojis; the version for new clients should be formal and courteous, address the client by company name at the start, and end with the name of the assistant in charge;
5. Do not mention any penalties, extra charges or discounts; only the partner can decide on these.
02用 RCE 下指令
情境 2 / 10Case 2 / 10ChatGPT／Gemini／ClaudeChatGPT / Gemini / Claude必做Must-do
通知所有客户：新的交件规定Announcing the New Document Submission Rules to All Clients
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的会计公司行政经理，专精把公司规定写成客户一看就懂的公告，懂得怎样让客户觉得新规定是在帮他省事，而不是添麻烦，曾服务马来西亚多家中型会计公司，主导过收件流程改革、客户通告和员工培训，面对的客户有习惯看中文、英文或马来文的老板。You are an administration manager with 38 years of experience at accounting firms, specialising in turning company rules into announcements that clients understand at a glance, and in making clients feel that new rules save them trouble rather than add to it. You have served several mid-sized accounting firms in Malaysia, leading reforms of document collection processes, client notices and staff training, with clients who prefer to read in Chinese, English or Malay.
C
情境Context
ABC 会计公司（虚构）手上有约 30 家中小企业客户。以前客户的单据从 WhatsApp、电邮、纸本各处来，常常漏单、找不到；8 月 Kopi Harmoni 的单据就晚了 5 天，月结报告跟着晚了 7 天。合伙人林美玲决定 2026 年 10 月 1 日起实施新交件规定：一、单据统一上传到每家客户专属的 Google Drive 资料夹；二、照片要清楚，一张单据拍一张照片；三、每月 7 号前交齐上个月的全部单据；四、晚交会影响出报表的时间。上传步骤是：打开助理用 WhatsApp 发的连结 → 点进当月子资料夹 → 按「银行／销售／采购／费用收据／其他」放好 → 用 WhatsApp 告诉助理「已上传」。客户如果还是用 WhatsApp 传照片，助理会帮忙存进资料夹，但建议直接上传才不会漏单。公告要在 9 月 30 日前发给全部客户，由我起草、合伙人审核。ABC Accounting (fictitious) has about 30 SME clients. In the past, client documents came in from everywhere, via WhatsApp, email and paper, and were often missed or lost; in August, Kopi Harmoni's documents came in 5 days late, and the month-end report was 7 days late as a result. Our partner, Lim Mei Ling, has decided to introduce new submission rules from 1 October 2026: first, all documents are uploaded to each client's dedicated Google Drive folder; second, photos must be clear, one photo per document; third, all of the previous month's documents must be submitted by the 7th of each month; fourth, late submission will affect when the report is issued. The upload steps are: open the link the assistant sends on WhatsApp → go into the sub-folder for the month → sort the files into "Bank / Sales / Purchases / Expense Receipts / Others" → tell the assistant "Uploaded" on WhatsApp. If a client still sends photos by WhatsApp, the assistant will save them into the folder, but uploading directly is recommended so nothing is missed. The announcement must go out to all clients before 30 September; I will draft it and the partner will review it.
E
期望Expect.
请写一份给客户的公告，中文版加英文版，各 300 字以内，语气正面、亲切，重点放在新规定帮客户省了什么麻烦。具体要求：
1. 有标题、生效日期（2026 年 10 月 1 日）和一句开场，说明为什么要改；
2. 4 条新规定用编号条列，每条一句话讲完，不要加我没给的规定；
3. 附上 4 步上传步骤，让不熟电脑的老板也照着做得到；
4. 加 1 个常见问题「可以继续用 WhatsApp 传照片吗？」，答案只能根据我给的资料写；
5. 不要写任何罚款或额外收费；晚交的影响只写「会影响出报表的时间」，不要自己加天数。Please write an announcement for clients, with a Chinese version and an English version, each within 300 words, in a positive and friendly tone, focusing on how the new rules save clients trouble. Specific requirements:
1. Include a title, the effective date (1 October 2026) and an opening sentence explaining why we are making the change;
2. List the 4 new rules as numbered points, one sentence each; do not add any rules I have not given you;
3. Add the 4 upload steps so that even owners who are not comfortable with computers can follow them;
4. Add 1 FAQ, "Can I still send photos by WhatsApp?", and answer it only based on the information I have given;
5. Do not mention any penalties or extra charges; for late submission, only say it "will affect when the report is issued", and do not add any number of days.
02用 RCE 下指令
情境 3 / 10Case 3 / 10ChatGPT／Gemini／ClaudeChatGPT / Gemini / Claude必做Must-do
回复客户「这个月服务费为什么比较多？」Replying to a Client: "Why Is This Month's Fee Higher?"
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的会计公司客户关系经理，专精向中小企业老板解释收费和额外工作，能把每一笔费用讲清楚，同时维持长期合作关系，曾服务马来西亚上百家餐饮、零售和贸易业客户，处理过许多服务费疑问和投诉，从来不在客户面前随口答应折扣。You are a client relationship manager with 30 years of experience at accounting firms, specialising in explaining fees and additional work to SME owners, making every charge clear while maintaining long-term relationships. You have served hundreds of F&B, retail and trading clients in Malaysia and handled many fee queries and complaints, and you never casually promise a discount in front of a client.
C
情境Context
客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的老板陈国华今天早上在 WhatsApp 问我：「9 月服务费为什么是 RM1,800？平常只有 RM1,200。」多出来的 RM600 是因为 9 月多做了两件事：第一，补做了 3 个月的银行对账；第二，老板自己要求的第 4 家店（Kota Kemuning）预算评估。按公司规定，补做过去月份的对账，以及开店评估这类顾问工作，都属于要另外计费的额外工作。陈老板是合作多年的老客户，但 8 月报表晚了 7 天，他已经写信投诉过，所以这次回复要特别小心：既要把钱讲清楚，也要让他感受到我们多做的工作对他有帮助。我要在今天下午 5 点前回复他。The owner of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), Tan Kok Wah, asked me on WhatsApp this morning: "Why is the September fee RM1,800? It's usually only RM1,200." The extra RM600 is because we did two additional pieces of work in September: first, we caught up on 3 months of bank reconciliations; second, we prepared the budget evaluation for the 4th outlet (Kota Kemuning) that the owner himself requested. Under our company rules, catching up on past months' reconciliations and advisory work such as outlet evaluations are both additional work that is charged separately. Mr Tan is a long-standing client, but the August report was 7 days late and he has already complained in writing, so this reply needs extra care: it must explain the money clearly and also show him that the extra work benefits him. I need to reply to him before 5 pm today.
E
期望Expect.
请写一则 WhatsApp 回复，中文版和英文版各一则，每则 120 字以内，语气礼貌、诚恳、不卑不亢。具体要求：
1. 开头先感谢陈老板的信任，再用编号逐项说明两项额外工作各做了什么、对他有什么帮助；
2. 只用我给的金额 RM1,200、RM1,800 和差额 RM600，不要自己拆分每一项多少钱；
3. 不要主动提打折、减免或分期，这些只有合伙人林美玲可以决定；
4. 结尾邀请他有疑问直接找我，或由我安排合伙人跟他通电话；
5. 两则回复之后，用一句话告诉我哪一句最可能让客户不满，让我发出前再检查。Please write a WhatsApp reply, one in Chinese and one in English, each within 120 words, in a tone that is polite, sincere, and neither defensive nor overly apologetic. Specific requirements:
1. Start by thanking Mr Tan for his trust, then use numbered points to explain what each of the two additional pieces of work involved and how it helps him;
2. Use only the amounts I have given, RM1,200, RM1,800 and the difference of RM600; do not split the amount between the two items yourself;
3. Do not bring up discounts, waivers or instalments; only the partner, Lim Mei Ling, can decide on these;
4. End by inviting him to contact me directly if he has questions, or offering to arrange a call with the partner;
5. After the two replies, tell me in one sentence which line is most likely to upset the client, so I can check it again before sending.
02用 RCE 下指令
情境 4 / 10Case 4 / 10ChatGPT／Gemini／ClaudeChatGPT / Gemini / Claude选做Optional
把合伙人的语音交代整理成待办Turning the Partner's Voice Message into a To-Do List
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的会计公司行政特助，专精把合伙人零散的口头交代整理成不会漏的待办清单，听得懂马来西亚人华语夹英文和马来文的讲法，曾服务多位会计师事务所合伙人，同时跟进几十家客户的收件、催款和报表进度，从来不自己猜期限或负责人。You are an executive assistant with 40 years of experience at accounting firms, specialising in turning a partner's scattered verbal instructions into to-do lists where nothing gets missed. You understand the Malaysian way of speaking Mandarin mixed with English and Malay, have supported many partners at accounting practices while tracking document collection, fee collection and reporting progress for dozens of clients, and you never guess deadlines or who is responsible.
C
情境Context
合伙人林美玲刚跟客户开完会，在车上用 WhatsApp 传了一段 1 分 05 秒的语音给同事 Nurul，已经转成文字，就是附件 02-练习小素材.docx 的第 1 段。她华语、英文、马来文混着讲，好几家客户的事情混在一起，有的讲了期限，有的没讲；有的讲了谁负责，有的没讲。我们只知道语音是这个星期收到的，不知道确切是哪一天录的。Nurul 请我帮忙整理，今天下班前要把待办交给 Nurul 和陈佩玲分工；资深会计黄志明也会用这张表追踪每件事有没有做完。只要漏掉一件，客户就会来追，合伙人也会觉得我们没在听。Our partner, Lim Mei Ling, has just finished a client meeting and sent a WhatsApp voice message of 1 minute 05 seconds from her car to our colleague Nurul. It has already been transcribed and is paragraph 1 of the attachment 02-练习小素材.docx. She mixes Mandarin, English and Malay, and matters for several clients are mixed together; some have deadlines and some do not, and some say who is responsible and some do not. We only know the message was received this week, not the exact day it was recorded. Nurul has asked me to help sort it out, and before the end of today the to-do list must go to Nurul and Tan Pei Ling so they can split the work; our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, will also use this list to track whether each item is done. If even one item is missed, the client will chase us, and the partner will feel we were not listening.
E
期望Expect.
请把语音内容整理成一张待办表格，表格后面再写确认问题，用简体中文，全部 400 字以内，语气简洁、中性。具体要求：
1. 表格栏位：编号／客户／事项／负责人／期限／需要的资料，一件事一列，同一家客户的两件事不要合并；
2. 语音里的马来文和英文（例如 bayar、esok pagi）先翻成中文，再填进表格；
3. 「礼拜三」「这个 Friday」这类相对日期照原话写，后面标「？」，不要自己换算成日期；
4. 没讲负责人或没讲期限的，填「未指定」，不要自己推测；
5. 表格下面列出 3 个要跟合伙人确认的问题，按急迫程度排序。Please organise the voice message into a to-do table, followed by the questions to confirm, in English, within 400 words in total, in a concise and neutral tone. Specific requirements:
1. Table columns: No. / Client / Task / Person in charge / Deadline / Documents needed; one task per row, and do not merge two tasks for the same client;
2. First translate the Malay and Mandarin parts of the message (e.g. bayar, esok pagi) into English, then fill in the table;
3. Keep relative dates such as "礼拜三 (Wednesday)" and "this Friday" exactly as spoken and mark them with "?"; do not convert them into actual dates;
4. If no person in charge or no deadline is mentioned, write "Not specified"; do not guess;
5. Below the table, list 3 questions to confirm with the partner, in order of urgency.
02用 RCE 下指令
情境 5 / 10Case 5 / 10ChatGPT／Gemini／ClaudeChatGPT / Gemini / Claude选做Optional
回复客户投诉「报表太晚交」Responding to a Client Complaint: "The Report Was Late"
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的专业服务业客服主管，专精处理企业客户的书面投诉，懂得先处理情绪、再讲事实，而且绝不乱承诺，曾服务马来西亚多家会计公司和审计事务所，替合伙人起草过数百封英文道歉信和改善说明，让不少差点流失的客户愿意继续合作。You are a customer service manager with 32 years of experience in professional services, specialising in handling written complaints from business clients: you deal with emotions first, then the facts, and you never make careless promises. You have served several accounting and audit firms in Malaysia and drafted hundreds of English apology letters and improvement plans for partners, persuading many clients who were close to leaving to stay on.
C
情境Context
客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的老板陈国华在 9 月 23 日（星期三）晚上寄了一封英文投诉信给合伙人林美玲，就是附件 02-练习小素材.docx 的第 2 段。他说 8 月报表 9 月 22 日才收到，比平常的 15 号晚了一个星期；Bank Sejahtera 要他在 9 月 18 日前交最新月报，结果第 4 家店的贷款申请被搁置。他还说没人通知他会延后，要求这个月服务费打折，并请我们星期五前回复。实际时间线是：8 月单据应该 9 月 7 日交齐，客户 9 月 12 日才交齐，晚了 5 天；报表应该 9 月 15 日出，实际 9 月 22 日才出，晚了 7 天，其中 2 天是我们自己的延误，而且我们确实没有主动通知他。合伙人要我先起草回信，她审过再发。The owner of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), Tan Kok Wah, sent an English complaint email to our partner, Lim Mei Ling, on the evening of Wednesday, 23 September; it is paragraph 2 of the attachment 02-练习小素材.docx. He says he only received the August report on 22 September, a week later than the usual 15th; Bank Sejahtera had asked him for his latest monthly accounts by 18 September, and as a result his loan application for the 4th outlet has been put on hold. He also says nobody told him the report would be delayed, asks for a discount on this month's fee, and wants a reply by Friday. The actual timeline is: the August documents were due on 7 September but the client only completed them on 12 September, 5 days late; the report was due on 15 September but was only issued on 22 September, 7 days late, 2 of which were our own delay, and we indeed did not inform him proactively. The partner wants me to draft the reply first; she will review it before sending.
E
期望Expect.
请写一封英文回信，正文 200 字以内，另附一份意思相同的简体中文版让我核对，语气诚恳、专业、不卑不亢。具体要求：
1. 开头先为我们延误的 2 天和没有主动通知道歉，不要找借口；
2. 用 3–4 行客观列出时间线（9 月 7 日、9 月 12 日、9 月 15 日、9 月 22 日），只陈述日期和事情，不责怪客户；
3. 提出 2–3 个具体改善做法，例如交件前提醒、延误当天通知新的出件日、主动提供银行需要的资料；
4. 不承诺免费、打折或任何赔偿，关于折扣的要求只写「我会另外跟您联络」；
5. 回信以合伙人林美玲署名，并在最后告诉我哪几句需要合伙人特别确认。Please write a reply email in English, with the body within 200 words, plus a Simplified Chinese version with the same meaning for me to check, in a sincere, professional tone that is neither defensive nor overly apologetic. Specific requirements:
1. Open by apologising for our 2-day delay and for not informing him proactively; do not make excuses;
2. Set out the timeline objectively in 3–4 lines (7 September, 12 September, 15 September, 22 September), stating only dates and events, without blaming the client;
3. Propose 2–3 specific improvements, such as a reminder before the deadline, notifying him of the new issue date on the day of any delay, and proactively providing the documents the bank needs;
4. Do not promise anything free, any discount or any compensation; on the discount request, only write "I will get back to you on this separately";
5. Sign the email in the name of the partner, Lim Mei Ling, and at the end tell me which sentences need the partner's special confirmation.
02用 RCE 下指令
情境 6 / 10Case 6 / 10ChatGPT／Gemini／ClaudeChatGPT / Gemini / Claude选做Optional
客户的英文租约条款，翻成白话给老板看Explaining the Client's English Tenancy Clauses in Plain Language
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的马来西亚商业租约顾问，专精把英文商业合约讲给没有法律背景的中小企业老板听，擅长找出对租户不利的条款，曾服务上百家餐饮店、零售店和连锁品牌处理店面租约续签，但你清楚自己的角色是整理重点、提出问题，不是提供法律意见。You are a commercial tenancy consultant with 35 years of experience in Malaysia, specialising in explaining English commercial contracts to SME owners with no legal background and in spotting clauses that are unfavourable to tenants. You have helped hundreds of restaurants, retail shops and chain brands renew shop tenancies, but you are clear that your role is to summarise key points and raise questions, not to give legal advice.
C
情境Context
客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）要续签 Puchong Bandar Puteri 分店的租约，房东是 Bandar Puteri Holdings Sdn Bhd（虚构），现在月租 RM9,000。老板陈国华传来租约里的三段英文条款，就是附件 02-练习小素材.docx 的第 3 段（Clause 5 续约、Clause 6 押金、Clause 7 提前解约），想知道对他有没有不利的地方。他正在评估开第 4 家店，明年的预算也只假设租金涨 5%，所以很在意续约后的租金和押金会不会突然增加。他下星期要跟房东见面谈续约。我们是会计公司，不是律师，这次只是先帮他整理重点、算出涉及的金额，让他带着问题去谈。Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) is renewing the tenancy for its Puchong Bandar Puteri outlet. The landlord is Bandar Puteri Holdings Sdn Bhd (fictitious), and the current monthly rent is RM9,000. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, has sent us three English clauses from the tenancy agreement, which are paragraph 3 of the attachment 02-练习小素材.docx (Clause 5 Renewal, Clause 6 Deposits, Clause 7 Early Termination), and wants to know whether anything is unfavourable to him. He is evaluating a 4th outlet, and next year's budget only assumes a 5% rent increase, so he is very concerned about whether the rent and deposits could suddenly go up after renewal. He is meeting the landlord next week to discuss the renewal. We are an accounting firm, not lawyers; this time we are only helping him summarise the key points and work out the amounts involved, so he can go into the discussion with the right questions.
E
期望Expect.
请用白话简体中文写一份给老板看的条款说明，800 字以内，语气中立、清楚，不要用法律术语，非用不可的要在括号里解释。具体要求：
1. 逐条（Clause 5、6、7）先用 2–3 句白话说明它在讲什么；
2. 用表格标出对客户不利的地方：条款／不利点／可能涉及的金额（只用条款里的数字和月租 RM9,000 计算）；
3. 列出 3 个要问房东的问题，按重要程度排序；
4. 不要引用任何具体法律条文、印花税金额或你没有把握的规定；
5. 最后加一句「这不是法律意见，签约前请律师确认」。Please write a plain-English explanation of the clauses for the owner, within 800 words, in a neutral and clear tone, avoiding legal jargon; where a legal term is unavoidable, explain it in brackets. Specific requirements:
1. For each clause (Clause 5, 6 and 7), first explain in 2–3 plain sentences what it says;
2. Use a table to highlight the points unfavourable to the client: Clause / Unfavourable point / Amount possibly involved (calculate only with the figures in the clauses and the monthly rent of RM9,000);
3. List 3 questions to ask the landlord, in order of importance;
4. Do not cite any specific legal provisions, stamp duty amounts or rules you are not sure of;
5. End with the sentence: "This is not legal advice; please have a lawyer confirm before signing."
02用 RCE 下指令
情境 7 / 10Case 7 / 10ChatGPT／Gemini／ClaudeChatGPT / Gemini / Claude选做Optional
跟客户开季度检讨会：通知＋议程Quarterly Review Meeting with the Client: Notice + Agenda
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的会计公司行政秘书，专精安排准时开始、准时结束、而且一定有结论的客户会议，熟悉会议通知、议程和会前资料清单的写法，曾服务多位会计师事务所合伙人，每年安排上百场客户季度检讨会和年度审计会议，华语和英文都写得得体。You are an administrative secretary with 38 years of experience at accounting firms, specialising in organising client meetings that start on time, end on time and always reach conclusions. You know how to write meeting notices, agendas and pre-meeting document checklists, have supported many partners at accounting practices, arrange over a hundred client quarterly reviews and annual audit meetings every year, and write well in both Mandarin and English.
C
情境Context
10 月 9 日（星期五）下午 3 点，ABC 会计公司（虚构）要跟客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）开 Q3 财务检讨会，地点在客户办公室，同时开 Google Meet 给不方便到场的人。参加的有客户老板陈国华，PJ SS2、Subang Jaya SS15、Puchong 三位店长，我们的资深会计黄志明和我，一共 6 人。要讨论四件事：Q3 业绩（公司净利从 7 月的 RM33,018 连续两个月下滑到 9 月的 RM19,708）、Puchong 原料成本率 9 月升到 46%、第 4 家店 Kota Kemuning 的评估、年底审计准备。老板很忙，会议一定要在 60 分钟内结束，而且每个议题都要有结论和负责人。这是 8 月报表晚交之后第一次正式见面，气氛要处理好。At 3 pm on Friday, 9 October, ABC Accounting (fictitious) will hold a Q3 financial review meeting with our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) at the client's office, with a Google Meet link for those who cannot attend in person. The attendees are the owner, Tan Kok Wah; the three outlet managers of PJ SS2, Subang Jaya SS15 and Puchong; our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming; and me, 6 people in total. There are four topics: Q3 performance (company net profit fell for two consecutive months, from RM33,018 in July to RM19,708 in September), Puchong's raw material cost ratio rising to 46% in September, the evaluation of the 4th outlet in Kota Kemuning, and year-end audit preparation. The owner is very busy, so the meeting must end within 60 minutes, and every topic must have a conclusion and a person responsible. This is the first formal meeting since the August report was late, so the atmosphere needs care.
E
期望Expect.
请写一封会议通知 email，中英双语（先中文、后英文），全长 500 字以内，语气专业、客气。具体要求：
1. 主旨写清楚会议名称、日期和时间；正文列出时间、地点、Google Meet 连结（先写「连结另附」）和出席名单；
2. 附一份 60 分钟议程表：时间段／议题／负责报告的人，每项分配分钟数，最后留 10 分钟做结论和下一步；
3. 列出请客户会前准备的资料，最多 5 项，请对方在 10 月 7 日前交给我们；
4. 数字只能用我给的，不要自己补 Q3 的其他数字；
5. 结尾请对方在 10 月 6 日前回复是否出席。Please write a meeting notice email in both Chinese and English (Chinese first, then English), within 500 words in total, in a professional and courteous tone. Specific requirements:
1. The subject line should state the meeting name, date and time; the body should list the time, venue, Google Meet link (write "Link to follow" for now) and attendee list;
2. Attach a 60-minute agenda table: Time slot / Topic / Presenter, with minutes allocated to each item, leaving the last 10 minutes for conclusions and next steps;
3. List the documents the client should prepare before the meeting, at most 5 items, to be sent to us by 7 October;
4. Use only the figures I have given; do not add any other Q3 figures yourself;
5. At the end, ask them to confirm attendance by 6 October.
02用 RCE 下指令
情境 8 / 10Case 8 / 10ChatGPT／Gemini／ClaudeChatGPT / Gemini / Claude选做Optional
会计公司新人第一周指南First-Week Guide for New Staff at the Accounting Firm
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的会计公司人力资源主管，专精设计新人入职流程，让会计助理第一周就上手、不慌张，曾服务马来西亚多家会计公司和审计事务所，带过上百位应届毕业生和转行新人，特别重视客户资料保密的入职教育，每年也负责更新员工手册。You are an HR manager with 30 years of experience at accounting firms, specialising in onboarding processes that help accounts assistants get up to speed in their first week without panic. You have served several accounting and audit firms in Malaysia, guided hundreds of fresh graduates and career switchers, place particular emphasis on client confidentiality during onboarding, and are also responsible for updating the staff handbook every year.
C
情境Context
下星期一（10 月 5 日）ABC 会计公司（虚构）有 2 位新的会计助理报到，每人会接 10 家中小企业客户，其中一位会接手 Kopi Harmoni 的收件工作。公司现在由合伙人林美玲、资深会计黄志明，加上会计助理 Nurul 和陈佩玲，负责约 30 家客户。第一周要让新人知道：上班时间（礼拜一至礼拜五，上午 9 点到下午 6 点）、打卡和请假方式、公司用的会计系统和帐号、客户资料放在公司 Google Drive 的哪里、保密规定，以及有问题找谁（收件找陈佩玲、做账找黄志明、收费和投诉找林美玲）。上个月有同事差点把客户的银行月结单传到错的 WhatsApp 群组，所以保密这一块一定要讲清楚。Next Monday (5 October), 2 new accounts assistants will join ABC Accounting (fictitious). Each will take on 10 SME clients, and one of them will take over document collection for Kopi Harmoni. Currently, our partner Lim Mei Ling, senior accountant Wong Chee Ming and accounts assistants Nurul and Tan Pei Ling look after about 30 clients. In the first week, the new staff need to know: working hours (Monday to Friday, 9 am to 6 pm), how to clock in and apply for leave, the accounting system and user accounts we use, where client files are kept on the company Google Drive, the confidentiality rules, and who to ask (Tan Pei Ling for document collection, Wong Chee Ming for bookkeeping, Lim Mei Ling for fees and complaints). Last month a colleague nearly sent a client's bank statement to the wrong WhatsApp group, so confidentiality must be explained very clearly.
E
期望Expect.
请做成一页新人指南（A4 一页，800 字以内），用简体中文，以条列为主，语气亲切，像前辈带新同事。具体要求：
1. 分成「第一天」和「第一周」两部分，第一周按星期一到星期五列出每天要完成的事；
2. 保密规定独立成一个框，用「⚠️」标出，至少包括：客户的 IC 号码、银行户口、薪资资料不可以贴进没经公司批准的 AI 工具（付费个人版也算），不存私人手机，不传 WhatsApp 群组；
3. 附一张「有问题找谁」对照表，只用我给的三个人和分工；
4. 最后附 5 个新人常见问题和简短答案；
5. 我没给的资料（例如打卡方式、系统帐号名称）留「＿＿」空格让我填，不要自己编。Please make a one-page guide for new staff (one A4 page, within 800 words), in English, mainly in bullet points, in a warm tone, like a senior colleague looking after new colleagues. Specific requirements:
1. Split it into "Day 1" and "Week 1"; for Week 1, list what to complete each day from Monday to Friday;
2. Put the confidentiality rules in a separate box marked with "⚠️", including at least: never paste clients' IC numbers, bank account details or payroll data into any AI tool the firm has not approved (paid personal accounts included), never store them on a personal phone, and never send them to WhatsApp groups;
3. Add a "Who to ask" table, using only the three people and roles I have given;
4. End with 5 common questions from new staff, with short answers;
5. For information I have not given (such as how to clock in or system account names), leave a blank "____" for me to fill in; do not make anything up.
02用 RCE 下指令
情境 9 / 10Case 9 / 10ChatGPT／Gemini／ClaudeChatGPT / Gemini / Claude选做Optional
帮客户做月结的检查清单（SOP）Month-End Closing Checklist for Clients (SOP)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的会计主管，专精为会计公司设计月结作业流程和检查清单，能写出新人照着做就不会漏的 SOP，曾服务马来西亚多家会计公司，同时管理过 50 家以上中小企业客户的月结和年底审计准备，对餐饮业的零用金、外送平台拨款和供应商对账特别熟悉。You are an accounting manager with 40 years of experience, specialising in designing month-end closing processes and checklists for accounting firms, and in writing SOPs that new staff can follow without missing anything. You have served several accounting firms in Malaysia, managed month-end closing and year-end audit preparation for more than 50 SME clients at a time, and know petty cash, delivery platform payouts and supplier reconciliations in the F&B industry particularly well.
C
情境Context
ABC 会计公司（虚构）每个月要帮约 30 家客户做月结，时程是：1–7 号客户交单据、8–11 号做账和银行对账、12–13 号资深会计审核、14 号合伙人签发、15 号前把月结报告发给客户。新助理常常漏东西：银行没对、零用金没点、应收没追、Invoice 没入账。做 Kopi Harmoni 9 月的账时，Puchong 店的 TNB 电费 RM2,386.40 在 9 月 8 日和 10 日各付了一次，差点没抓到；团餐客户也有 3 家逾期超过 90 天，合计约 RM18,000，之前没人主动追。公司规定，做账时发现重大异常要先报告资深会计，由资深会计决定怎么通知客户。资深会计黄志明要我起草一份检查清单，下个月起每家客户都照着打勾。Every month, ABC Accounting (fictitious) closes the books for about 30 clients on this schedule: clients submit documents on the 1st–7th, bookkeeping and bank reconciliation on the 8th–11th, review by the senior accountant on the 12th–13th, sign-off by the partner on the 14th, and the month-end report goes to the client by the 15th. New assistants often miss things: bank accounts not reconciled, petty cash not counted, receivables not followed up, invoices not recorded. When doing Kopi Harmoni's September books, we nearly missed that the Puchong outlet's TNB electricity bill of RM2,386.40 was paid twice, on 8 and 10 September; 3 catering customers were also more than 90 days overdue, about RM18,000 in total, and no one had followed up. Our rule is that any major irregularity found during bookkeeping is reported to the senior accountant first, who decides how to inform the client. Our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, has asked me to draft a checklist that every client will be ticked against from next month.
E
期望Expect.
请做一份月结检查清单，用表格呈现，可以直接复制贴进 Excel，用简体中文，全部检查项目控制在 30 项以内，表格下面的说明 100 字以内，用词简洁、语气中性，新人看得懂。具体要求：
1. 按「收件／做账／对账／出报表」四个阶段分组，每个阶段 5–8 个检查项目；
2. 表格栏位：阶段／检查项目／负责人／期限（几号前）／完成打勾（□）／备注；
3. 一定要包括：全部银行户口对账、零用金盘点、应收账龄和逾期追踪、供应商 Invoice 入账、重复付款检查；
4. 负责人只用「会计助理／资深会计／合伙人」三种角色，期限对照我给的时程；
5. 表格下面用 3 句话说明发现重大异常（例如重复付款）时要先报告谁、由谁决定怎么通知客户。Please make a month-end checklist as a table that can be copied straight into Excel, in English, with no more than 30 check items in total and no more than 100 words of explanation below the table, in simple, neutral wording that new staff can understand. Specific requirements:
1. Group the items into four stages, "Document collection / Bookkeeping / Reconciliation / Reporting", with 5–8 check items per stage;
2. Table columns: Stage / Check item / Person in charge / Deadline (by which day of the month) / Done (□) / Remarks;
3. It must include: reconciliation of all bank accounts, petty cash count, receivables ageing and overdue follow-up, recording of supplier invoices, and checking for duplicate payments;
4. Use only three roles for "Person in charge": accounts assistant / senior accountant / partner, and match the deadlines to the schedule I have given;
5. Below the table, explain in 3 sentences who to report to first when a major irregularity (such as a duplicate payment) is found, and who decides how to inform the client.
02用 RCE 下指令
情境 10 / 10Case 10 / 10ChatGPT／Gemini／ClaudeChatGPT / Gemini / Claude选做Optional
同一则客户通知，出英文和马来文版One Client Notice, in English and Malay
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的马来西亚会计公司客户沟通专员，精通华语、英文和马来文，专精把中文通告改写成符合本地商业习惯的英文和马来文版本，熟悉会计和商业用语在三种语言里的地道说法，曾服务上百家习惯用不同语言沟通的中小企业客户。You are a client communications specialist with 32 years of experience at Malaysian accounting firms, fluent in Mandarin, English and Malay, specialising in rewriting Chinese notices into English and Malay versions that fit local business practice. You know the natural way to express accounting and business terms in all three languages and have served hundreds of SME clients who prefer different languages.
C
情境Context
ABC 会计公司（虚构）10 月 1 日起实施新交件规定，我已经在情境 2 写好中文公告，会贴在这则指令下面。我们手上约 30 家客户，有些老板习惯看中文，有些习惯看英文或马来文，例如 Ayu Wellness Spa 的老板 Puan Farah 就习惯看英文或马来文；逐字翻译的公告他们看不懂，也会觉得不亲切。上次公司发的马来文通知是用免费翻译工具直译的，有客户回问「这是什么意思」，结果助理要一家一家打电话解释，花了整整两天。这次公告要在 9 月 30 日前用中文、英文、马来文三种语言一起发出，由我先准备，再请马来同事 Nurul 看一遍。ABC Accounting (fictitious) is introducing new document submission rules from 1 October. I have already written the Chinese announcement in Scenario 2 and will paste it below this prompt. We have about 30 clients, some of whose owners prefer Chinese and others English or Malay; for example, Puan Farah, the owner of Ayu Wellness Spa, prefers to read English or Malay. Word-for-word translations are hard for them to understand and do not feel friendly. The last Malay notice our firm sent was translated literally with a free translation tool; some clients replied asking "What does this mean?", and the assistants had to call clients one by one to explain, which took two full days. This time the announcement must go out in Chinese, English and Malay together before 30 September; I will prepare it first and then ask our Malay colleague, Nurul, to look through it.
E
期望Expect.
请把我贴上的中文公告翻成英文版和马来文版，保留原来的标题、编号条列和段落格式，两个版本各 300 字以内，长度跟中文版差不多，语气正面、亲切。具体要求：
1. 不要逐字翻，要用马来西亚商业场合常用的说法，月结单、Invoice、资料夹这些词，用本地客户习惯的写法；
2. 英文用简单清楚的商业英文；马来文用正式但亲切的语气，用马来西亚的马来文，不要用印尼文的用词；
3. 日期、截止时间和规定条数要跟中文版完全一样，不要增加或删减任何规定；
4. 两个版本之后，列一张「我不确定的词」表格：中文原词／英文翻法／马来文翻法／为什么不确定；
5. 最后告诉我，英文版和马来文版有哪些地方跟中文版的说法不完全一样，为什么这样改。Please translate the Chinese announcement I paste into an English version and a Malay version, keeping the original title, numbered points and paragraph format, each version within 300 words and roughly the same length as the Chinese version, in a positive and friendly tone. Specific requirements:
1. Do not translate word for word; use expressions common in Malaysian business settings, and write terms such as bank statement, invoice and folder the way local clients are used to;
2. Use simple, clear business English for the English version; for the Malay version, use a formal but friendly tone in Malaysian Malay, not Indonesian vocabulary;
3. Dates, deadlines and the number of rules must be exactly the same as in the Chinese version; do not add or remove any rule;
4. After the two versions, add a table of "Terms I'm not sure about": Original Chinese term / English translation / Malay translation / Why it is uncertain;
5. Finally, tell me where the English and Malay versions differ in wording from the Chinese version, and why you made those changes.
02用 RCE 下指令
开始操作前，再看一眼
动手之前：三条红线
1
客户的资料不是你的
不要贴进没经公司批准的 AI（付费个人版也算）。真客户资料：先问合伙人，只用公司批准的工具；练习一律用今天的虚构资料
2
数字要核
AI 写的金额、日期、条文，一定对回原始资料
3
你是机长
AI 写草稿；发出去之前你看过、你负责
02用 RCE 下指令
💻 动手操作 · 20 分钟
操作 02：用 RCE 写你这星期的一件工作
1
实战 1：挑 2 张跟你工作最像的情境卡，按「📋 复制指令」，贴到 Gemini 或 ChatGPT
2
实战 2：用 RCE 公式卡，写一件你这星期真的要做的工作（客户名、金额、帐号一律换成假的）
3
实战 3：用三个追问技巧，把结果改到能直接用
4
满意的指令，WhatsApp 传给自己存起来
02用 RCE 下指令
大家聊聊（10 分钟）
每组派一位分享
1
你刚刚用 LLM 实作的内容是什么？
2
跟你本来的输入方式有什么不同？
3
这样的输入方式，可以怎么用在工作上？
02用 RCE 下指令
第 2 段重点回顾
01
角色（30 年以上经验）· 情境（前因后果＋数字）· 期望（长相）
02
不满意不用重写：改长相、换语言、让 AI 先问你
03
金额、日期、承诺，自己决定
04
两个帮手：黄金提示词优化师、prompt-my.autolab.cloud
03
会议记录与语音输入
录音进去，待办出来
03会议记录与语音输入
会议记录小帮手：录音进去，摘要和待办出来
v2.chateverywhere.app/zh/meeting-transcription
1
打开网址 → 登入
2
上传录音档（手机录的也可以）
3
拿到 逐字稿＋摘要
4
待办、心智图一次整理好
开会时专心讲话，会后 5 分钟出会议记录。
03会议记录与语音输入
从 Gemini 拿逐字稿
- 录音档直接上传到 Gemini
- 请它逐字转写、标出说话的人
- 中英马混讲：照原话写，不要翻译
- 听不清楚就写「听不清楚」
GEMINI · 逐字稿指令
请把这段录音逐字转成文字： 1. 标出说话的人（说话者 1、说话者 2…） 2. 中文、英文、马来文照原话写， 不要翻译、不要改写 3. 听不清楚的地方写「听不清楚」， 不要自己猜 4. 最后另外列出会议里提到的 所有日期和金额
03会议记录与语音输入
语音输入：用讲的比打字快
📱
手机
键盘上的麦克风按一下就能讲；Gemini App 也可以直接用讲的
⊞
Windows 电脑
按 Win + H 打开语音输入，讲完再请 AI 整理
⌘
Mac 电脑
系统设置 → 键盘 → 打开「听写」，用快捷键开始讲
讲完不用修，贴给 AI：「整理成正式的文字，保留我的意思」。
03会议记录与语音输入
手机和电脑同步：在外面讲，回公司接着做
- 同一个帐号登入 Gemini（或 Claude、ChatGPT），手机和电脑的对话记录会同步
- 去客户那边：手机录音、用讲的记下重点
- 回到公司：电脑打开同一个对话，接着整理成会议记录
- 手机拍的收据、单据，也可以在电脑上接着处理
03会议记录与语音输入
🔴 会议录音，也是客户的资料
- 录之前先问一句：「这场会我可以录音吗？」
- 客户会议的录音，不要丢进没经公司批准的 AI（付费个人版也算）
- 真客户资料：先问合伙人，只用公司批准的工具；练习一律用今天的虚构资料
- 今天练习用的是虚构的会议录音
录不录、传不传，由你和客户决定，不是 AI。
03会议记录与语音输入
情境 1 / 1Case 1 / 1会议记录小帮手／GeminiMeeting assistant / Gemini
把会议整理成待办表格Turn the meeting into a to-do table
没讲清楚的，要 AI 标「未指定」——这就是今天要抓的陷阱If it wasn't said clearly, the AI must mark it — that's the trap to catch today
P
指令Prompt
请把这段会议整理成待办表格：事项／负责人／期限。
会议里没讲清楚负责人或期限的，标「未指定」，不要自己补。
背景：这场会是 2026 年 10 月 2 日（星期五）上午开的。Please turn this meeting into a to-do table: task / owner / deadline.
If the meeting did not clearly say who is responsible or by when, mark it "Not specified" — do not fill it in yourself.
Background: this meeting was held on the morning of Friday, 2 October 2026.
03会议记录与语音输入
💻 动手操作 · 15 分钟
操作 03：会议录音变待办表
1
实战 1：把「03 月结进度会议.mp3」上传到会议记录小帮手，拿到摘要和逐字稿
2
实战 2：用上一页的指令（按「📋 复制指令」），整理成待办表格
3
记得告诉 AI：这场会是 10 月 2 日（五）上午开的
4
实战 3：跟老师的答案对一对，AI 有没有抓到两个陷阱？
03会议记录与语音输入
大家聊聊（5 分钟）
每组派一位分享
1
AI 抓到几件待办？漏了哪一件？
2
它有没有自己补负责人或期限？
3
你们公司哪一种会议，最适合这样做？
03会议记录与语音输入
第 3 段重点回顾
01
录音 → 会议记录小帮手 → 逐字稿、摘要、待办
02
没讲清楚的负责人、期限：要 AI 标「未指定」，不要补
03
用讲的比打字快：手机、Win + H、Mac 听写
04
录客户的会，先问同意；录音也是客户的资料
04
用 AI 找资料
法规、税务、行情：先找来源，再下结论
04用 AI 找资料
一般聊天 AI vs 找资料的 AI
❌ 一般聊天 AI
- 靠「记忆」回答
- 不一定给来源
- 法规可能是旧的
- 讲错也很有自信
✅ Perplexity／Deep Research
- 当下上网去查
- 每一句附来源连结
- 可以点开核对原文
- 找不到，可以要它说「找不到」
会计公司查的是法规和税务：没有来源的答案，只能当线索。
04用 AI 找资料
Perplexity：每一句都有来源
- 即时上网：不是靠记忆，是当下去查
- 每句附来源：点开连结就能核对
- 多语言：用中文问，它会去找英文、马来文的官方资料
- 可以指定：「只用 .gov.my 的官方来源」
适合：SST、e-Invoice、EPF／SOCSO、公共假期、公司背景（SSM）
04用 AI 找资料
Gemini Deep Research：让它帮你读几十份资料
1
打开 Gemini → 选 Deep Research
2
输入研究题目 → 它先列研究计划（可按「编辑计划」补角度）
3
按「开始研究」→ 等 10–20 分钟（先去做别的）
4
报告出来：转成 Google Docs；右边的来源一个一个点开核对
先把 Deep Research 跑起来，教 Perplexity 的时候让它在背景跑。
04用 AI 找资料
🔴 法规、税务：AI 给的是线索，不是结论
- 这一段的 10 个情境只有题目，没有答案：现场查、现场看来源
- 每一点都要点开来源看原文，只信官方网站（例如 .gov.my）
- 找不到官方来源，就写「找不到」，不要用新闻或网上文章补
- 税率、费率、截止日期、罚款：一律请会计师确认
查到了，也要看官方页面的更新日期。
04用 AI 找资料
情境 1 / 10Case 1 / 10PerplexityPerplexity选做Optional
客户的门市、外送、团餐要不要收 SSTDoes the Client Need to Charge SST on Outlet Sales, Delivery and Catering?
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的马来西亚间接税研究员，专精从官方公告和政府网站整理出中小企业老板真正需要知道的重点，习惯每一句话都对照官方原文，曾服务上百家餐饮、零售和服务业中小企业，也长期替会计公司整理税务资料，但你只提供资料，最后的结论一律交给会计师判断。You are an indirect tax researcher with 35 years of experience in Malaysia, specialising in pulling out what SME owners really need to know from official announcements and government websites, and you check every sentence against the official text. You have served hundreds of F&B, retail and service SMEs and have long compiled tax information for accounting firms, but you only provide information; final conclusions are always left to the accountant.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）在 PJ SS2、Subang Jaya SS15、Puchong Bandar Puteri 有 3 家 kopitiam，另外有一个中央厨房，也做企业团餐（catering）；营收来自门市内用和外带、GrabFood 和 foodpanda 外送，以及应收账款名单上约 20 家团餐客户。老板陈国华上星期问：「我们的门市、外送、团餐要不要收 SST？」网上各种说法都有，他很担心收错或漏收。10 月 9 日（星期五）的 Q3 检讨会上他可能会再问，我要在 10 月 7 日前把官方资料整理好，交给资深会计黄志明判断，再由他回复客户，所以每一点都要附出处，方便他逐条核对。I am an accounts assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious). Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) runs 3 kopitiams in PJ SS2, Subang Jaya SS15 and Puchong Bandar Puteri, plus a central kitchen, and also does corporate catering; its revenue comes from dine-in and takeaway at the outlets, GrabFood and foodpanda deliveries, and about 20 catering customers on its receivables list. Last week the owner, Tan Kok Wah, asked: "Do we need to charge SST on our outlet sales, delivery and catering?" There are all kinds of claims online, and he is worried about charging it wrongly or missing it. He may ask again at the Q3 review meeting on Friday, 9 October, so I need to compile the official information by 7 October and pass it to our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, to assess before he replies to the client, so every point must have a source he can check line by line.
E
期望Expect.
请用简体中文整理成一张表格，再附来源清单，全部 600 字以内，语气客观，不下结论。具体要求：
1. 表格分门市、外送、团餐三类，每类列出：要不要注册、门槛怎么算、税率、最近一次修改的生效日期；
2. 只采用官方来源（例如 .gov.my 结尾的政府网站），每一格都附来源连结；找不到官方来源就写「找不到」，不要用新闻或网上文章补；
3. 官方名称和专有名词保留英文或马来文原文，后面加中文说明；
4. 如果官方资料有不同版本，或前后说法不一致，两边都列出来，并写明各自的页面日期；
5. 最后一行注明「税务结论请会计师确认」。Please organise this into a table in English followed by a list of sources, within 600 words in total, in an objective tone without drawing conclusions. Specific requirements:
1. Split the table into three categories, outlet sales, delivery and catering, and for each list: whether registration is required, how the threshold is calculated, the tax rate, and the effective date of the latest change;
2. Use only official sources (e.g. government websites ending in .gov.my) and attach a source link to every cell; if there is no official source, write "Not found"; do not fill gaps with news or online articles;
3. Keep official names and technical terms in their original English or Malay, followed by a short explanation;
4. If the official materials have different versions or inconsistent statements, list both and state the date of each page;
5. End with the line: "Please have the accountant confirm the tax conclusion."
04用 AI 找资料
情境 2 / 10Case 2 / 10PerplexityPerplexity必做Must-do
e-Invoice 什么时候轮到客户When Does e-Invoicing Apply to the Client?
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的马来西亚税务合规研究员，近年专门追踪内陆税收局（LHDN）的 e-Invoice 政策，专精比对官方指南不同版本之间的差异，习惯每一句都对照官方原文并记下页面更新日期，曾服务多家会计公司和数百家中小企业客户整理合规资料，也常替会计公司准备给客户看的官方资料摘要。You are a tax compliance researcher with 30 years of experience in Malaysia who in recent years has focused on tracking the e-Invoice policy of the Inland Revenue Board (LHDN). You specialise in comparing differences between versions of official guidelines, check every sentence against the official text and note each page's update date, and have compiled compliance information for several accounting firms and hundreds of SME clients, often preparing summaries of official information for accounting firms to share with clients.
C
情境Context
客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的老板陈国华问我：「e-Invoice 我们什么时候要开始用？要准备什么？」他在 WhatsApp 群组、Facebook 和朋友那边听到好几种说法，有人说已经要开始，有人说还可以等。Kopi Harmoni 有 3 家店、一个中央厨房和团餐生意，约 30 名员工，应收账款名单上有约 20 家团餐客户，每个月还要收 5 家主要供应商的 Invoice。我不想把错的时程转告客户，也不能替客户判断他属于哪一个阶段，所以要先把官方资料找齐，交给资深会计黄志明在 10 月 9 日 Q3 检讨会前确认。The owner of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), Tan Kok Wah, asked me: "When do we have to start using e-Invoice? What do we need to prepare?" He has heard several different versions in WhatsApp groups, on Facebook and from friends; some say it has already started, others say they can still wait. Kopi Harmoni has 3 outlets, a central kitchen and a catering business, about 30 employees and about 20 catering customers on its receivables list, and it receives invoices from 5 main suppliers every month. I do not want to pass on a wrong timeline to the client, and I cannot decide which phase the client falls under, so I first need to gather the official information for our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, to confirm before the Q3 review meeting on 9 October.
E
期望Expect.
请整理成一张 e-Invoice 实施阶段表，再附一份「判断需要的资料」清单，用简体中文，500 字以内，语气客观。具体要求：
1. 表格栏位：阶段／适用对象／判断条件／开始日期／来源连结；
2. 只采用 LHDN 等官方来源（例如 .gov.my 结尾的政府网站），每一点附来源连结，并写出官方页面的最后更新日期；找不到官方来源就写「找不到」；
3. 如果官方时程改过，列出新旧版本和各自的公布日期，不要只写其中一个；
4. 不要替客户判断属于哪一个阶段，只列出判断需要客户提供的资料（例如年营业额），由会计师确认；
5. 最后用一句话提醒我：转告客户前，要再打开官方页面核对一次。Please organise this into an e-Invoice implementation phase table, followed by a checklist of "information needed to decide", in English, within 500 words, in an objective tone. Specific requirements:
1. Table columns: Phase / Who it applies to / Criteria / Start date / Source link;
2. Use only official sources such as LHDN (e.g. government websites ending in .gov.my), attach a source link to every point and state the last-updated date of each official page; if there is no official source, write "Not found";
3. If the official timeline has changed, list both the old and new versions with their announcement dates; do not give only one;
4. Do not decide which phase the client falls under; only list the information the client must provide for that decision (e.g. annual turnover), for the accountant to confirm;
5. End with one sentence reminding me to open the official page and check again before passing anything on to the client.
04用 AI 找资料
情境 3 / 10Case 3 / 10PerplexityPerplexity选做Optional
EPF／SOCSO／EIS 最近有没有调整Have EPF / SOCSO / EIS Contributions Changed Recently?
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的马来西亚薪资（payroll）作业专家，专精公积金（EPF／KWSP）、社险（SOCSO／PERKESO）和就业保险（EIS）的官方规定与费率表查找，曾服务上百家餐饮、零售和制造业中小企业处理每月出粮和法定扣缴，也替会计公司培训新助理怎样对照官方表格核对扣缴金额，一向坚持只看官方最新公告，不用网上流传的旧表格。You are a payroll specialist with 38 years of experience in Malaysia, specialising in finding the official rules and contribution tables for EPF (KWSP), SOCSO (PERKESO) and EIS. You have handled monthly payroll and statutory deductions for hundreds of F&B, retail and manufacturing SMEs, and have trained new assistants at accounting firms to check deduction amounts against the official tables, and you always insist on using only the latest official announcements rather than old tables circulating online.
C
情境Context
ABC 会计公司（虚构）每个月帮客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）出粮，约 30 名员工，分布在 3 家店、中央厨房和团餐部门，有全职也有兼职。8 月的薪资批次是 RM67,350，9 月 14 日缴了 KWSP 和 PERKESO。合伙人林美玲要我在 10 月初发 9 月薪水之前确认：EPF、SOCSO、EIS 最近有没有调整，免得扣错员工的钱或少缴。我手上只有去年存下来的费率表，不确定还是不是最新的；客户以后也可能会请外籍员工，所以要一起了解规定有没有不同。如果用错费率，30 名员工每个月都会算错，事后要一笔一笔更正和补缴，非常麻烦。Every month, ABC Accounting (fictitious) runs payroll for our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), which has about 30 employees across 3 outlets, the central kitchen and the catering unit, both full-time and part-time. The August payroll batch was RM67,350, and on 14 September KWSP and PERKESO were paid. Our partner, Lim Mei Ling, wants me to confirm before September salaries are paid in early October whether EPF, SOCSO or EIS have changed recently, so that we do not deduct the wrong amount from employees or underpay. I only have a rate table saved last year and am not sure it is still current; the client may also hire foreign workers in future, so we need to know whether the rules differ for them. If we use the wrong rates, the deductions for all 30 employees will be wrong every month, and we will have to correct and top up each one afterwards, which is a lot of trouble.
E
期望Expect.
请分 EPF、SOCSO、EIS 三段整理，每段一张小表格，用简体中文，600 字以内，语气客观。具体要求：
1. 每段列出：官方费率表在哪一个页面、最近一次调整的内容、生效日期、雇主和员工各付哪部分；
2. 另外列出外籍员工和兼职员工的规定，跟本地全职员工有没有不同；
3. 只采用官方来源（例如 .gov.my 结尾的政府网站或各机构的官方网站），每一点附来源连结；找不到官方来源就写「找不到」；
4. 不要自己算任何员工的扣缴金额，也不要拿我给的数字去推算，只给我官方表格的出处；
5. 最后注明「扣缴金额和适用规定请会计师确认」。Please organise this into three sections, EPF, SOCSO and EIS, each with a small table, in English, within 600 words, in an objective tone. Specific requirements:
1. For each section, list: which page the official contribution table is on, what the latest change was, its effective date, and which parts the employer and employee each pay;
2. Also state whether the rules for foreign workers and part-time employees differ from those for local full-time employees;
3. Use only official sources (e.g. government websites ending in .gov.my or each agency's official website) and attach a source link to every point; if there is no official source, write "Not found";
4. Do not calculate any employee's deduction yourself, and do not use the figures I gave to work anything out; only give me where the official tables are;
5. End with the note: "Please have the accountant confirm deduction amounts and applicable rules."
04用 AI 找资料
情境 4 / 10Case 4 / 10PerplexityPerplexity必做Must-do
查新供应商的公司背景（SSM）Checking a New Supplier's Company Background (SSM)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的企业征信研究员，专精从马来西亚公司委员会（SSM）等官方公开资料判断一家公司的背景和可靠程度，曾服务多家银行、会计公司和连锁餐饮集团做供应商审查，看过上千份公司注册资料，知道哪些资料可以免费查、哪些要向官方付费购买。You are a corporate credit research specialist with 32 years of experience, specialising in assessing a company's background and reliability from official public records such as those of the Companies Commission of Malaysia (SSM). You have carried out supplier checks for banks, accounting firms and F&B chains, reviewed thousands of company registration records, and know which information can be checked for free and which must be purchased from the authorities.
C
情境Context
客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的鸡肉供应商 Ayam Segar Supply Sdn Bhd（虚构）从 9 月 1 日起把鸡肉单价从每公斤 RM9.80 调到 RM11.50；9 月 15 日那张采购单订了 100 公斤，只收到 95 公斤，Invoice 却开 100 公斤。Puchong 店的原料成本率从 8 月的 39% 升到 9 月的 46%，9 月账面还出现亏损（未调整初步数）。老板陈国华想找一家新的鸡肉供应商，请我们先帮忙了解对方的公司背景，再决定要不要约对方谈。如果连对方的公司注册资料都查不清楚，老板就不考虑。我们要在 10 月 9 日 Q3 检讨会前，先把资料交给资深会计黄志明看过。公司名称：＿＿＿（练习时换成你真的想查的一家马来西亚公司）。Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) has seen its chicken supplier, Ayam Segar Supply Sdn Bhd (fictitious), raise the price of chicken from RM9.80 to RM11.50 per kg from 1 September; the purchase order on 15 September was for 100 kg, only 95 kg was received, yet the invoice charged for 100 kg. The Puchong outlet's raw material cost ratio rose from 39% in August to 46% in September, and the outlet showed a book loss in September (unadjusted preliminary figures). The owner, Tan Kok Wah, wants to find a new chicken supplier and has asked us to check the company's background first before deciding whether to meet them. If even the company's registration details cannot be verified, the owner will not consider it. We need to give the information to our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, to review before the Q3 review meeting on 9 October. Company name: ____ (for practice, replace this with a Malaysian company you actually want to look up).
E
期望Expect.
请整理成一张公司背景表，用简体中文，400 字以内，语气客观，只陈述资料。具体要求：
1. 列出：公司全名、SSM 注册号码、注册状态、成立日期、公司类型、营业地址，每一项附来源连结；
2. 只采用官方来源（例如 SSM 官方网站、.gov.my 结尾的政府网站）；找不到官方来源就写「找不到」，不要用第三方公司名录、社交媒体或新闻代替；
3. 如果完整资料要向 SSM 付费购买，只告诉我官方管道和要买哪一种资料，不要自己猜内容；
4. 不要评论这家公司好不好、价格合不合理；
5. 最后提醒：换不换供应商由客户决定，我们只提供资料。Please organise this into a company background table, in English, within 400 words, in an objective tone, stating information only. Specific requirements:
1. List: full company name, SSM registration number, registration status, date of incorporation, company type and business address, with a source link for each item;
2. Use only official sources (e.g. the SSM official website, government websites ending in .gov.my); if there is no official source, write "Not found"; do not substitute third-party company directories, social media or news;
3. If the full information must be purchased from SSM, only tell me the official channel and which type of information to buy; do not guess the contents;
4. Do not comment on whether the company is good or whether its prices are reasonable;
5. End with the reminder: whether to change supplier is the client's decision; we only provide information.
04用 AI 找资料
情境 5 / 10Case 5 / 10PerplexityPerplexity选做Optional
明年的公共假期，排月结时程Next Year's Public Holidays for the Month-End Schedule
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的会计公司行政主管，专精每年年底排定下一年度的客户交件日、月结时程和出报表日期，熟悉马来西亚联邦和各州公共假期的公布方式，曾服务多家会计公司和数十家连锁零售、餐饮客户规划全年作业时程，也习惯把时程做成客户一看就懂的年历。You are an administration manager with 40 years of experience at accounting firms, specialising in setting the next year's client submission dates, month-end schedule and reporting dates at the end of each year. You are familiar with how Malaysia's federal and state public holidays are announced, and have helped several accounting firms and dozens of retail and F&B chain clients plan their full-year operating schedules, and you like to turn schedules into a calendar clients can read at a glance.
C
情境Context
ABC 会计公司（虚构）规定客户每月 7 号前交齐上个月的单据，15 号前出月结报告；7 号遇到周末或公共假期，就顺延到下一个工作天。我要在 11 月底前排好 2027 年全年 12 个月的交件日和出报表日，发给约 30 家客户。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的 3 家店都在雪兰莪州（PJ、Subang Jaya、Puchong），评估中的第 4 家店 Kota Kemuning 也在雪兰莪州，老板陈国华希望早点知道哪些日子是假期，好排店员的班和团餐订单。去年就有客户以为假期后才要交，结果单据晚了好几天，报表也跟着晚出；所以今年合伙人林美玲要求提早发出全年时程。ABC Accounting (fictitious) requires clients to submit the previous month's documents by the 7th of each month and issues the month-end report by the 15th; if the 7th falls on a weekend or public holiday, the deadline moves to the next working day. I need to finish scheduling the submission and reporting dates for all 12 months of 2027 by the end of November and send them to about 30 clients. All 3 outlets of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) are in Selangor (PJ, Subang Jaya, Puchong), and the 4th outlet under evaluation in Kota Kemuning is also in Selangor. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, wants to know the holidays early so he can plan staff rosters and catering orders. Last year, one client assumed documents were only due after a holiday, submitted them several days late, and the report was delayed as well; so this year our partner, Lim Mei Ling, wants the full-year schedule sent out early.
E
期望Expect.
请整理成一张 2027 年假期表，再附一段月结时程提醒，用简体中文，说明文字 300 字以内，语气简洁。具体要求：
1. 表格栏位：日期／星期几／假期名称／适用范围（全国或雪兰莪州）／来源连结，按日期排序；
2. 只采用官方来源（例如 .gov.my 结尾的政府网站）；找不到官方来源就写「找不到」；
3. 官方还没公布的就写「官方还没公布」，不要用往年日期推算；官方注明日期可能调整的，另外标出来；
4. 表格后面列出哪几个月的 7 号或 15 号前后碰到假期，要提早提醒客户；
5. 不要写任何官方来源里没有的日期。Please organise this into a 2027 holiday table followed by a short month-end schedule reminder, in English, with no more than 300 words of explanatory text, in a concise tone. Specific requirements:
1. Table columns: Date / Day of the week / Holiday name / Coverage (nationwide or Selangor) / Source link, sorted by date;
2. Use only official sources (e.g. government websites ending in .gov.my); if there is no official source, write "Not found";
3. If a date has not been officially announced yet, write "Not yet officially announced"; do not infer it from previous years' dates; if the official source notes that a date may change, flag it separately;
4. After the table, list the months in which a holiday falls around the 7th or the 15th, so we can remind clients early;
5. Do not include any date that is not in an official source.
04用 AI 找资料
情境 6 / 10Case 6 / 10Gemini Deep ResearchGemini Deep Research选做Optional
第 4 家店设备比价（Kota Kemuning）Equipment Price Comparison for the 4th Outlet (Kota Kemuning)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的马来西亚餐饮业开店顾问，专精商用厨房设备的采购规划和预算，帮过上百家 kopitiam、咖啡馆和快餐店挑选咖啡机、冷冻柜和收银系统，曾服务多家本地连锁餐饮品牌，熟悉本地代理商、原厂授权经销商和售后维修服务，也懂得怎样替会计师准备开店预算里的设备明细。You are an F&B outlet-opening consultant with 35 years of experience in Malaysia, specialising in purchasing plans and budgets for commercial kitchen equipment. You have helped hundreds of kopitiams, cafés and fast-food outlets choose coffee machines, freezers and cashier systems, have served several local F&B chain brands, know local distributors, manufacturer-authorised dealers and after-sales repair services well, and know how to prepare the equipment breakdown in an outlet budget for accountants.
C
情境Context
客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）在评估 2027 年 7 月在雪兰莪州 Kota Kemuning 开第 4 家店，目前的假设是月租 RM8,500、装修加设备 RM180,000（分 5 年摊提）、请 8 个人。资深会计黄志明要我先核对 RM180,000 这个数字有没有根据，从三样主要设备开始查：商用咖啡机、冷冻柜、POS 收银系统。Puchong 店 9 月才花了 RM1,500 修冷冻柜，所以老板陈国华特别在意保修期和本地维修服务。资料要在 10 月 9 日 Q3 检讨会前准备好，会放进第 4 家店的评估资料。如果设备预算低估，开幕前可能要再向 Bank Sejahtera 多借钱，所以数字要尽量有根据。Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) is evaluating opening a 4th outlet in Kota Kemuning, Selangor, in July 2027. The current assumptions are monthly rent of RM8,500, renovation and equipment of RM180,000 (amortised over 5 years) and 8 staff. Our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, has asked me to first check whether the RM180,000 figure is well founded, starting with three main items of equipment: a commercial coffee machine, a freezer and a POS system. The Puchong outlet spent RM1,500 repairing its freezer only in September, so the owner, Tan Kok Wah, cares especially about warranty periods and local repair services. The information must be ready before the Q3 review meeting on 9 October and will go into the evaluation pack for the 4th outlet. If the equipment budget is underestimated, the client may need to borrow more from Bank Sejahtera before opening, so the figures must be as well supported as possible.
E
期望Expect.
请做一份设备比较报告，用简体中文，比较表加 3–5 句总结，总结 200 字以内，语气客观。具体要求：
1. 商用咖啡机、冷冻柜、POS 收银系统各找 3 个在马来西亚有卖的品牌；比较表栏位：设备／品牌型号／官方标价（RM）／保修期／本地维修服务／来源连结；
2. 只采用官方来源（例如品牌官网、原厂授权经销商官网、.gov.my 结尾的政府网站），每一点附来源连结；找不到官方来源就写「找不到」；
3. 官网没有标价就写「官网未标价，需询价」，不要用论坛、二手网站或比价网站的价格；
4. 不要替客户推荐买哪一个，也不要自己估算 RM180,000 够不够；
5. 最后注明：这只是预算参考，以供应商正式报价为准。Please prepare an equipment comparison report in English, with a comparison table plus a 3–5 sentence summary, the summary within 200 words, in an objective tone. Specific requirements:
1. Find 3 brands sold in Malaysia for each of commercial coffee machines, freezers and POS systems; comparison table columns: Equipment / Brand and model / Official list price (RM) / Warranty period / Local repair service / Source link;
2. Use only official sources (e.g. brand websites, manufacturer-authorised dealer websites, government websites ending in .gov.my) and attach a source link to every point; if there is no official source, write "Not found";
3. If the official website shows no price, write "No price on official website; quotation required"; do not use prices from forums, second-hand sites or price-comparison sites;
4. Do not recommend which one the client should buy, and do not estimate yourself whether RM180,000 is enough;
5. End with the note: this is for budget reference only; the supplier's formal quotation prevails.
04用 AI 找资料
情境 7 / 10Case 7 / 10Gemini Deep ResearchGemini Deep Research选做Optional
第 4 家店要请人：同业薪资参考Hiring for the 4th Outlet: Industry Salary References
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的马来西亚人力资源顾问，专精餐饮业的职位设计和薪资结构，熟悉政府统计部门等官方机构发布的薪资调查报告，曾服务上百家连锁餐厅、kopitiam 和中央厨房规划人力编制和人事预算，也常替会计公司提供人力成本的官方参考资料，并提醒客户哪些数字要定期更新。You are an HR consultant with 30 years of experience in Malaysia, specialising in job design and salary structures in the F&B industry. You are familiar with salary survey reports published by official bodies such as the government statistics department, have helped hundreds of restaurant chains, kopitiams and central kitchens plan headcount and staffing budgets, and often provide official reference data on labour costs to accounting firms, reminding clients which figures need regular updating.
C
情境Context
客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）在评估 Kota Kemuning 的第 4 家店，预算目前假设请 8 个人、月薪合计 RM21,000，要涵盖店长、厨师、冲咖啡师傅、服务员、收银员五种职位。老板陈国华说「现在请人难，薪水不要开太低」，但合伙人林美玲提醒，预算里的每个数字都要有出处，不能凭感觉填。公司现在约 30 名员工，8 月薪资批次是 RM67,350，可以当内部对照；但我们还需要官方的外部参考，10 月 9 日要在 Q3 检讨会上说明。薪资预算太低，开幕后请不到人；太高，第 4 家店的损益两平又会往后推，所以要先有可靠的参考。Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) is evaluating a 4th outlet in Kota Kemuning. The budget currently assumes 8 staff with total monthly salaries of RM21,000, covering five roles: outlet manager, cook, barista, waiter and cashier. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, says "It's hard to hire now, so don't set salaries too low", but our partner, Lim Mei Ling, reminds us that every figure in the budget must have a source and cannot be based on gut feeling. The company currently has about 30 employees, and the August payroll batch of RM67,350 can serve as an internal comparison; but we still need official external references, which we must present at the Q3 review meeting on 9 October. If the salary budget is too low, they will not be able to hire after opening; if it is too high, the 4th outlet's breakeven point will be pushed back, so we need reliable references first.
E
期望Expect.
请整理成一张职位薪资参考表，用简体中文，500 字以内，语气客观。具体要求：
1. 表格栏位：职位／官方资料里有没有这个职位类别／月薪数字／资料年份／来源连结；
2. 只采用官方来源（例如政府统计部门等 .gov.my 结尾的政府网站）；找不到官方来源就写「找不到」；官方没有细到这个职位，就写「官方资料没有这个职位」；
3. 招聘网站、新闻报道和网上论坛的数字都不算官方来源，不要混进来；
4. 最低工资只附官方公告连结，不要写金额；
5. 不要评论 RM21,000 够不够，只提供资料让会计师判断。Please organise this into a salary reference table by role, in English, within 500 words, in an objective tone. Specific requirements:
1. Table columns: Role / Whether official data has this job category / Monthly salary figure / Data year / Source link;
2. Use only official sources (e.g. government websites ending in .gov.my, such as the statistics department); if there is no official source, write "Not found"; if official data is not broken down to this role, write "Official data does not cover this role";
3. Figures from job portals, news reports and online forums do not count as official sources; do not mix them in;
4. For the minimum wage, only attach the link to the official announcement; do not state the amount;
5. Do not comment on whether RM21,000 is enough; only provide the information for the accountant to assess.
04用 AI 找资料
情境 8 / 10Case 8 / 10PerplexityPerplexity选做Optional
客户要不要注册 HRD CorpDoes the Client Need to Register with HRD Corp?
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的马来西亚企业培训与人力发展顾问，熟悉 HRD Corp 的注册、缴费和培训申索规定，专精用老板听得懂的话解释官方条文，曾服务上百家餐饮、零售和制造业中小企业处理注册和申索文件，也协助会计公司回答客户的相关问题，说明时一定附上官方出处。You are a corporate training and human resource development consultant with 38 years of experience in Malaysia. You know the HRD Corp rules on registration, levy payment and training claims, specialise in explaining official provisions in language business owners understand, have helped hundreds of F&B, retail and manufacturing SMEs with registration and claim documents, and also help accounting firms answer clients' related questions, always citing the official source when explaining.
C
情境Context
客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）约 30 名员工，分布在 3 家 kopitiam、中央厨房和团餐部门，有全职也有兼职。老板陈国华最近收到一封推销培训课程的电邮，说公司要注册 HRD Corp，他就问我们：「我们是不是一定要注册 HRD Corp？每个月要缴多少？缴了之后送员工去上课，钱拿得回来吗？」他明年想送 3 位店长和中央厨房的厨师去上食品安全和管理课程，所以很在意能不能申索。我们要先整理官方资料，交给资深会计黄志明判断，再回复客户。Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) has about 30 employees across 3 kopitiams, the central kitchen and the catering unit, both full-time and part-time. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, recently received an email promoting training courses which said the company must register with HRD Corp, so he asked us: "Do we really have to register with HRD Corp? How much do we pay each month? If we send staff for courses after paying, can we get the money back?" Next year he wants to send the 3 outlet managers and the central kitchen's cooks on food safety and management courses, so he cares a lot about whether he can claim. We first need to compile the official information and pass it to our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, to assess before replying to the client.
E
期望Expect.
请分三题回答，每题一小段加条列，用简体中文，600 字以内，语气中立。具体要求：
1. 第一题：什么条件的公司必须注册，并列出判断需要客户提供的资料（例如员工人数怎么算、属于哪个行业）；
2. 第二题：每个月缴多少、怎么计算，只引用官方的计算方式，不要用客户的数字替他算；
3. 第三题：培训费怎么申索、要准备哪些文件、官方申请管道在哪里；
4. 只采用官方来源（例如 HRD Corp 官方网站、.gov.my 结尾的政府网站），每一点附来源连结；找不到官方来源就写「找不到」；
5. 不要替客户判断「一定要」或「不用」，最后注明「是否需要注册请会计师确认」。Please answer in three parts, each a short paragraph plus bullet points, in English, within 600 words, in a neutral tone. Specific requirements:
1. Part 1: which companies must register, and list the information the client must provide for that decision (e.g. how the number of employees is counted, which industry it belongs to);
2. Part 2: how much is paid each month and how it is calculated; quote only the official calculation method and do not use the client's figures to work it out;
3. Part 3: how training fees are claimed, what documents are needed, and where the official application channel is;
4. Use only official sources (e.g. the HRD Corp official website, government websites ending in .gov.my) and attach a source link to every point; if there is no official source, write "Not found";
5. Do not decide for the client whether registration is "required" or "not needed"; end with the note: "Please have the accountant confirm whether registration is required."
04用 AI 找资料
情境 9 / 10Case 9 / 10Gemini Deep ResearchGemini Deep Research选做Optional
Employment Act 修订对客户的影响How Employment Act Amendments Affect the Client
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的马来西亚劳工法规研究员，专精追踪 Employment Act 和相关法令的修订，擅长把法条修订整理成中小企业老板看得懂的对照表，曾服务多家会计公司、人力资源顾问公司和上百家餐饮、零售业雇主，写的每一行都附官方出处，但你清楚自己整理的是资料，不是法律意见。You are a Malaysian labour law researcher with 40 years of experience, specialising in tracking amendments to the Employment Act and related legislation, and in turning them into comparison tables SME owners can understand. You have served several accounting firms, HR consultancies and hundreds of F&B and retail employers, with an official source for every line you write, but you are clear that what you compile is information, not legal advice.
C
情境Context
客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）约 30 名员工，店面营业时间长、店员要轮班，周末和公共假期常常要加班，团餐部门有时要一大早送餐。老板陈国华打算在 12 月前更新员工手册，请我们帮忙。ABC 会计公司每个月帮他出粮，8 月薪资批次是 RM67,350，所以我们也要知道哪些法令改变会影响工时、加班费、年假、病假、产假的计算，免得算错员工的薪水。我想知道 Employment Act 最近几次修订改了什么，整理好交给资深会计黄志明，再决定要不要建议客户找律师。Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) has about 30 employees. The outlets have long opening hours, staff work in shifts and often work overtime on weekends and public holidays, and the catering unit sometimes has to deliver early in the morning. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, plans to update the staff handbook before December and has asked for our help. ABC Accounting runs his payroll every month, and the August payroll batch was RM67,350, so we also need to know which legal changes affect how working hours, overtime pay, annual leave, sick leave and maternity leave are calculated, so we do not get employees' pay wrong. I want to know what the recent amendments to the Employment Act changed, and to hand a summary to our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, before deciding whether to advise the client to see a lawyer.
E
期望Expect.
请做成一张修订对照表，再附一段对餐饮业的影响说明，用简体中文，800 字以内，语气客观。具体要求：
1. 对照表栏位：修订项目／修订前／修订后／生效日期／来源连结，至少涵盖工时、加班、年假、病假、产假；
2. 只采用官方来源（例如人力资源部等 .gov.my 结尾的政府网站、政府宪报原文）；找不到官方来源就写「找不到」，不要拿律师事务所或新闻的文章代替；
3. 另外用 3–5 点说明这些修订对餐饮业中小企业排班和出粮的影响，每一点都要对应到表格里的某一项；
4. 不要自己计算任何员工的薪水或加班费；
5. 最后加一句「这不是法律意见，影响客户人事制度的部分请会计师或律师确认」。Please make an amendment comparison table, followed by a short explanation of the impact on the F&B industry, in English, within 800 words, in an objective tone. Specific requirements:
1. Table columns: Amendment item / Before / After / Effective date / Source link, covering at least working hours, overtime, annual leave, sick leave and maternity leave;
2. Use only official sources (e.g. government websites ending in .gov.my such as the Ministry of Human Resources, original Government Gazette texts); if there is no official source, write "Not found"; do not substitute articles from law firms or news outlets;
3. In addition, explain in 3–5 points how these amendments affect rostering and payroll for F&B SMEs, with each point linked to a specific row in the table;
4. Do not calculate any employee's salary or overtime pay yourself;
5. End with the sentence: "This is not legal advice; please have an accountant or lawyer confirm anything that affects the client's HR policies."
04用 AI 找资料
情境 10 / 10Case 10 / 10Gemini Deep ResearchGemini Deep Research老师示范Demo
中小企业导入 e-Invoice 要准备什么（研究报告）What SMEs Need to Prepare for e-Invoicing (Research Report)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的中小企业财务系统与数码转型顾问，专精研究马来西亚 e-Invoice 的导入流程，曾服务上百家马来西亚中小企业从手写单据和 Excel 转到会计系统，也替会计公司设计客户教育材料和准备清单，熟悉会计公司和客户之间的分工，写作习惯是每一个说法都附官方出处。You are an SME finance systems and digital transformation consultant with 32 years of experience, specialising in researching how Malaysian businesses implement e-Invoicing. You have helped hundreds of Malaysian SMEs move from handwritten documents and Excel to accounting systems, designed client education materials and preparation checklists for accounting firms, understand how work is divided between accounting firms and their clients, and always cite an official source for every statement you write.
C
情境Context
ABC 会计公司（虚构）手上约 30 家中小企业客户，有 kopitiam、五金行、冷气维修、美容 spa、家具行等，很多老板还在用手写单据和 Excel，不知道 e-Invoice 要从哪里开始准备。以 Kopi Harmoni 为例，Puchong 店的零用金还是手写流水账，团餐客户的应收账款也是用 Excel 记。合伙人林美玲想在 11 月给全部客户发一份「导入 e-Invoice 准备清单」，同时开一场 1 小时的客户说明会，让客户知道哪些事会计公司可以帮忙、哪些要客户自己做。我负责先做研究报告，交给资深会计黄志明审核。ABC Accounting (fictitious) has about 30 SME clients, including kopitiams, a hardware shop, an air-conditioning service company, a wellness spa and a furniture company. Many owners still use handwritten documents and Excel and do not know where to start preparing for e-Invoice. Take Kopi Harmoni as an example: the Puchong outlet's petty cash is still a handwritten log, and the catering customers' receivables are also kept in Excel. Our partner, Lim Mei Ling, wants to send all clients an "e-Invoice Preparation Checklist" in November, together with a 1-hour client briefing, so clients know what the accounting firm can help with and what they must do themselves. I am responsible for doing the research report first, for our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, to review.
E
期望Expect.
请写一份研究报告，用简体中文，1,500 字以内，有标题和小标题，语气专业但白话，让不熟系统的老板也看得懂。具体要求：
1. 分五个部分：① 官方要求摘要；② 中小企业要准备的资料、系统、流程；③ 会计公司可以帮忙的 vs 客户自己要做的（用表格对照）；④ 常见问题 5 题；⑤ 找不到官方答案的问题清单；
2. 只采用官方来源（例如 LHDN 等 .gov.my 结尾的政府网站上的官方指南），每一点附来源连结；找不到官方来源就写「找不到」；
3. 官方来源里没有的日期、门槛、罚款金额，一个都不要写；
4. 不要推荐任何特定品牌的系统或服务商；
5. 报告最后列出所有引用来源，以及每个页面的最后更新日期。Please write a research report in English, within 1,500 words, with a title and subheadings, in a professional but plain tone that owners unfamiliar with systems can follow. Specific requirements:
1. Divide it into five parts: ① summary of official requirements; ② the information, systems and processes SMEs need to prepare; ③ what the accounting firm can help with vs what clients must do themselves (as a comparison table); ④ 5 FAQs; ⑤ a list of questions with no official answer found;
2. Use only official sources (e.g. official guidelines on government websites ending in .gov.my, such as LHDN's) and attach a source link to every point; if there is no official source, write "Not found";
3. Do not include any date, threshold or penalty amount that is not in an official source;
4. Do not recommend any specific brand of system or service provider;
5. End the report with a list of all sources cited and the last-updated date of each page.
04用 AI 找资料
💻 动手操作 · 15 分钟
操作 04：查一件你真的要查的事
1
挑一个情境（或你这星期真的要查的事），按「📋 复制指令」丢进 Perplexity
2
点开至少两个来源：是不是官方？是不是最新？
3
同一题丢 Gemini Deep Research，比较两边的差别
4
找不到官方来源的，写下来问会计师
产出
一份每一点都有官方来源的资料
一份每一点都有官方来源的资料
04用 AI 找资料
大家聊聊（5 分钟）
每组派一位分享
1
你查了什么？来源是官方的吗？
2
点开来源后，跟 AI 说的一样吗？
3
哪些事，以后一定要自己看原文？
04用 AI 找资料
第 4 段重点回顾
01
要来源 → Perplexity；要完整 → Gemini Deep Research
02
法规、税务、费率：只信官方原文
03
找不到就写「找不到」，不要让 AI 补
04
税务结论交给会计师
PM下午开场
下午开始前，先看这一页
财务版注意！
1
今天全部用假资料
练习素材都标「虚构资料・仅供练习」：Kopi Harmoni、ABC 会计公司都是虚构的
2
客户的资料不是你的
客户的真账目、银行月结单、Invoice、薪资，不要贴进没经公司批准的 AI（付费个人版也算）
3
回去要用，先问合伙人
真客户资料：先问合伙人，只用公司批准的工具；练习一律用今天的虚构资料
PM下午开场
下午四段，都是同一家客户
Kopi Harmoni 的 9 月：从一张收据，一路讲到老板的决定
05
做成简报
客户月报、预算、Q3 检讨：先出大纲，再核数字
06
在单据里找问题
OCR 读收据和月结单；Claude 分科目、对账
07
在报表里看影响
损益、预算、现金流：找异常，给建议
08
讲给客户老板听
月结报告、回复老板、催收、知识库
素材会互相说话：06 找到的问题，07 会看到，08 要讲。
05
AI 简报制作
财会版：给客户的月报、预算、检讨会
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
会计公司最常做的简报
| 简报 | 给谁看 | 重点 |
|---|---|---|
| 客户月报 | 客户老板 | 5 分钟看懂这个月 |
| 明年预算提案 | 客户老板、股东 | 假设讲清楚，老板能拍板 |
| 季度检讨会（Q3） | 老板＋店长 | 60 分钟内有结论 |
| 开店评估 | 客户老板 | 只给依据，不替客户决定 |
| 新人月结培训 | 公司新同事 | 照着做就不会漏 |
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
四个工具，选哪个？
哪个工具都一样：数字要你来核
| 工具 | 出来的东西 | 适合 |
|---|---|---|
| Gemini Canvas | 可以边改边看的简报，能下载 | 5–10 页的月报、检讨会 |
| Claude | 先排大纲、写每页内容，也能直接做成简报档 | 逻辑要清楚、数字多的报告型简报 |
| Manus | 全自动，做完直接给你 | 预算提案、开店评估、年度回顾 |
| Gemini Notebook （原 NotebookLM） | 只根据你上传的文件做 | SOP、交件规定、培训简报 |
Gemini Notebook（原 NotebookLM）——你的画面可能还显示 NotebookLM；公司帐号打不开就改用个人 Gmail
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
先出大纲，再出简报
- 不要一开口就叫 AI「做简报」
- 先要大纲：每页标题＋重点＋数字出处
- 大纲确认 → 再生成简报
- 生成后逐页对回附件
先要大纲
你是拥有 30 年经验的会计经理，专精做客户月报。 附件是客户 7–9 月的损益表（练习资料）。 请先给我 5 页简报的大纲，先不要做简报： 每页写：标题、3 个重点、用到的数字和出处 （哪个分页、哪个科目、哪个月）。 看不出原因的写「需要跟客户确认」。
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
简报提示词产生器：每一页长什么样，你说了算
不会写简报指令？用阿峰老师做的网站工具
简报提示词产生器
选简报风格 → 逐页填重点、图表、字数 → 一键产出完整简报指令，贴到 Claude／Gemini Canvas／ChatGPT 就能生成。资料只存在你自己的浏览器（网站是繁体中文界面）
slides.autolab.cloud
产生的指令一样要先出大纲；数字一样要你来核。
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
⚠️ AI 做财务简报的三个陷阱
- 数字会编——图表里的每个数字，都要对回附件
- 版面会跑——中文字常掉字、溢出，每一页都要看过
- 风格不统一——分次生成的页面，长得不一样
财务简报：错一个数字，整份就不能用。
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
情境 1 / 10Case 1 / 10Gemini CanvasGemini Canvas必做Must-do
客户 9 月月报（5 页）Client's September Monthly Report (5 Slides)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的餐饮业财务报告经理，专精把损益表和资产负债表变成老板 5 分钟就看得完的月报简报，曾服务过超过 300 家马来西亚的 kopitiam、餐厅和连锁小吃店。你习惯先讲结论、再给证据，每一个数字都能指出出自哪一个分页、哪一个科目；资料看不出原因的地方，你会老实写出来请客户确认，绝对不替数字编故事。You are a food and beverage financial reporting manager with 35 years of experience, specialising in turning income statements and balance sheets into monthly report slides that a business owner can finish reading in five minutes. You have served more than 300 kopitiams, restaurants and snack chains across Malaysia. You always lead with the conclusion and then show the evidence, and you can point to the exact sheet and account behind every number. Where the data does not explain a movement, you say so honestly and ask the client to confirm—you never make up a story to fit the numbers.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的月结。这家公司有 3 家 kopitiam（PJ SS2、Subang Jaya SS15、Puchong），另外做企业团餐。老板陈国华不是财务背景，平常只看银行户口还剩多少钱。附件 07-1 是 7–9 月三家分店的损益表和资产负债表：公司净利从 7 月的 RM33,017.90 掉到 9 月的 RM19,707.60，Puchong 9 月账面还出现亏损（未调整初步数）。合伙人林美玲要我先做一份简报版的 9 月月报，让老板在 10 月 9 日（星期五）Q3 检讨会之前，先看懂问题出在哪里。老板习惯用手机看，所以一页只能放一个重点。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious), handling the month-end close for our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). The company runs 3 kopitiams (PJ SS2, Subang Jaya SS15 and Puchong) and also does corporate catering. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, has no finance background and usually only checks how much is left in the bank account. Attachment 07-1 contains the July–September income statements and balance sheets for the three outlets: company net profit dropped from RM33,017.90 in July to RM19,707.60 in September, and Puchong showed a book loss in September (unadjusted preliminary figures). Our partner, Lim Mei Ling, wants me to prepare a slide version of the September monthly report so that the owner understands where the problems are before the Q3 review meeting on Friday, 9 October. He usually reads on his phone, so each slide can carry only one key point. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请先给我大纲，我确认后再做简报。用简体中文，语气专业但白话，像当面跟老板说明；每页正文不超过 50 字，字要大，适合用手机看。
1. 页数与内容：共 5 页——第 1 页 封面＋一句话结论；第 2 页 三家店营收比较（门市／外送／团餐）；第 3 页 原料成本率 7–9 月的变化；第 4 页 费用异常（水电、外送平台佣金）；第 5 页 需要老板决定或配合的 2 件事。
2. 数字只用附件里的，每页右下角注明出自 07-1 哪个分页、哪个科目，我要逐页回头对附件。
3. 附件看不出原因的，写「需要跟客户确认」，不要自己编原因。
4. 图表最多 2 个，放在第 2、3 页；图上的数字要跟附件完全一致，金额一律用 RM。
5. 简报做完后，另外列一张核对清单：简报里出现的每个数字＋出处，方便我逐个核对。Please give me an outline first; I will confirm it before you build the slides. Write in English, in a professional but plain tone, as if explaining to the owner in person. Keep body text to no more than 30 words per slide, with large fonts that are easy to read on a phone.
1. Slides and content: 5 slides in total—Slide 1: cover plus a one-sentence conclusion; Slide 2: revenue comparison across the three outlets (dine-in / delivery / catering); Slide 3: how the raw material cost ratio changed from July to September; Slide 4: unusual expenses (utilities, delivery platform commission); Slide 5: two things the owner needs to decide or help with.
2. Use only the numbers in the attachment. In the bottom-right corner of each slide, note which sheet and which account of 07-1 the numbers come from, because I will check every slide against the attachment.
3. If the attachment does not explain why something happened, write "To be confirmed with the client"—do not invent a reason.
4. Use no more than 2 charts, on Slides 2 and 3. Every number on a chart must match the attachment exactly, and all amounts must be shown in RM.
5. After the slides, add a separate checklist of every number used in the deck with its source, so I can verify them one by one.
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
情境 2 / 10Case 2 / 10ManusManus选做Optional
客户明年预算提案Next Year's Budget Proposal for the Client
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的中小企业预算顾问，专精把一整本年度预算讲成老板 15 分钟听得懂、愿意拍板的简报，曾服务过马来西亚上百家餐饮、零售和连锁服务业的家族企业。你做预算简报有两个坚持：每个假设都写清楚出处，让老板一眼看出「改哪一个数字影响最大」；凡是跟政府政策有关的金额，你只写「依官方公告」，绝不自己填数字。You are an SME budgeting consultant with 32 years of experience, specialising in turning a full annual budget into a presentation that a business owner can understand in 15 minutes and feel confident signing off on. You have served more than a hundred family businesses in food and beverage, retail and chain services across Malaysia. You hold two principles when presenting a budget: every assumption states its source, so the owner can see at a glance which number has the biggest impact if it changes; and for any amount tied to government policy, you only write "per official announcement" and never fill in a figure yourself.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的老板陈国华请我们帮忙做 2027 年的预算，合伙人林美玲 11 月初要跟他提案，叫我先用 Manus 做一份简报初稿给她修改。附件 07-1 是今年 7–9 月三家店的实际损益表和资产负债表；07-2 分页 2 是明年的预算假设：每家店租金 +5%（租约续签）、年度调薪 3%、最低工资依政府公告调整、营收成长 PJ SS2 +5%／Subang +3%／Puchong +2%、原料成本率目标 38%，另外 2027 年 7 月要在 Kota Kemuning 开第 4 家店。老板最担心的是：鸡肉已经涨价，明年到底还赚不赚钱。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Tan Kok Wah, the owner of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), has asked us to help prepare the 2027 budget. Our partner, Lim Mei Ling, will present it to him in early November, and she wants me to draft the slides in Manus first so she can revise them. Attachment 07-1 contains the actual income statements and balance sheets of the three outlets for July–September this year; Sheet 2 of 07-2 lists next year's budget assumptions: rent +5% for each outlet (lease renewals), a 3% annual salary increase, minimum wage adjusted per government announcement, revenue growth of +5% for PJ SS2 / +3% for Subang / +2% for Puchong, a target raw material cost ratio of 38%, and a 4th outlet opening in Kota Kemuning in July 2027. The owner's biggest worry: chicken prices have already gone up, so will the business still be profitable next year? All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请先给我大纲，我确认后再生成简报。用简体中文，语气专业、稳重，不要推销口吻；每页正文不超过 60 字，重点数字放大。
1. 页数与内容：共 7 页——第 1 页 封面；第 2 页 今年 7–9 月表现一句话；第 3 页 明年 3 个关键假设；第 4 页 三家店预算；第 5 页 第 4 家店的影响；第 6 页 最敏感的 3 个假设（改了影响最大）；第 7 页 需要老板决定的事。
2. 数字只用附件里的，附件没有的写「资料里没有」；最低工资只写「依政府公告」，不要自己填任何金额。
3. 第 6 页用表格呈现：假设名称／目前数字／上下调整 5% 时净利大约变多少，并写出你是怎么算的。
4. 简报做完后，另外附一张清单，列出用到的每个数字和出处（档案＋分页＋栏位），让我逐个核对。Please give me an outline first; I will confirm it before you generate the slides. Write in English, in a professional and measured tone—no sales pitch. Keep body text to no more than 40 words per slide, and make the key numbers large.
1. Slides and content: 7 slides in total—Slide 1: cover; Slide 2: this year's July–September performance in one sentence; Slide 3: the 3 key assumptions for next year; Slide 4: budget for the three outlets; Slide 5: the impact of the 4th outlet; Slide 6: the 3 most sensitive assumptions (the ones with the biggest impact if changed); Slide 7: decisions the owner needs to make.
2. Use only the numbers in the attachments. If something is not in the attachments, write "Not in the data". For minimum wage, write only "per government announcement"—do not fill in any amount.
3. Present Slide 6 as a table: assumption / current figure / roughly how much net profit changes if it moves up or down by 5%, and show how you calculated it.
4. After the slides, attach a list of every number used and its source (file + sheet + column), so I can check them one by one.
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
情境 3 / 10Case 3 / 10Gemini CanvasGemini Canvas选做Optional
客户 Q3 检讨会简报（10/9 开会用）Client Q3 Review Meeting Slides (for 9 October)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的会计公司客户经理，专精主持中小企业的季度财务检讨会，曾服务过马来西亚上百家餐饮和零售客户，开过超过 500 场老板和店长一起出席的检讨会。你最擅长把会议简报排成「先看结果、再找原因、最后定负责人」的顺序，让 60 分钟的会议一定有结论；你也很清楚哪些资料可以给店长看，哪些只能给老板一个人看。You are an accounting firm client manager with 38 years of experience, specialising in running quarterly financial review meetings for SMEs. You have served more than a hundred food and beverage and retail clients in Malaysia and have led over 500 review meetings attended by both owners and outlet managers. You are best at structuring meeting slides as "results first, then causes, then who is responsible", so that a 60-minute meeting always ends with decisions. You also know exactly which information can be shown to outlet managers and which is for the owner's eyes only.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。10 月 9 日（星期五）下午 3 点，我们要在客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的办公室开 Q3 财务检讨会，同时开 Google Meet。出席的有老板陈国华、3 位店长（PJ SS2、Subang、Puchong）、我们的合伙人林美玲和我。附件 07-1 是 7–9 月的损益表；07-2 分页 1 是 Q3 预算 vs 实际：营收预算 RM934,000.00、实际 RM906,700.00，少了 2.9%；原料成本却比预算多了 12.0%。合伙人要我在开会前两天把简报做好寄给客户，让大家开会前先看过，会议上才不会从头解释数字。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). At 3 p.m. on Friday, 9 October, we will hold the Q3 financial review meeting at the office of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), with Google Meet running at the same time. Attending are the owner, Tan Kok Wah, the 3 outlet managers (PJ SS2, Subang and Puchong), our partner, Lim Mei Ling, and me. Attachment 07-1 contains the July–September income statements; Sheet 1 of 07-2 is the Q3 budget vs actual: budgeted revenue was RM934,000.00 and actual revenue was RM906,700.00, 2.9% short, while raw material costs came in 12.0% over budget. The partner wants the slides ready and sent to the client two days before the meeting so everyone can review them in advance and we don't have to explain the numbers from scratch in the meeting. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请照会议议程做简报。用简体中文，语气中性、就事论事，不指责任何一家店；每页正文不超过 60 字。
1. 页数与内容：共 8 页——第 1 页 封面＋议程；第 2 页 Q3 业绩总览；第 3 页 预算 vs 实际（长条图）；第 4 页 Puchong 成本问题；第 5 页 外送平台佣金；第 6 页 第 4 家店评估进度；第 7 页 年底审计准备；第 8 页 待决事项。
2. 数字只用附件里的，图表上的数字要跟附件完全一致；附件没有的写「资料里没有」，不要推算。
3. 店长也在场，不要放任何人的薪资明细，也不要点名批评个人。
4. 第 8 页做成表格：事项／负责人／期限；负责人和期限先留「[待会议决定]」，不要替客户填。Please build the slides following the meeting agenda. Write in English, in a neutral, fact-based tone that does not blame any outlet. Keep body text to no more than 40 words per slide.
1. Slides and content: 8 slides in total—Slide 1: cover plus agenda; Slide 2: Q3 performance overview; Slide 3: budget vs actual (bar chart); Slide 4: the Puchong cost issue; Slide 5: delivery platform commission; Slide 6: progress on the 4th outlet evaluation; Slide 7: year-end audit preparation; Slide 8: items pending decision.
2. Use only the numbers in the attachments, and every number on a chart must match the attachments exactly. If something is not in the attachments, write "Not in the data"—do not estimate.
3. The outlet managers will be in the room, so do not show anyone's salary details and do not single out any individual for criticism.
4. Make Slide 8 a table: item / person responsible / deadline. Leave the person responsible and the deadline as "[To be decided at the meeting]"—do not fill them in for the client.
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
情境 4 / 10Case 4 / 10ManusManus选做Optional
第 4 家店评估简报4th Outlet Evaluation Slides
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的餐饮业开店投资顾问，专精评估 kopitiam 和连锁餐厅的新店可行性，曾服务过雪兰莪、吉隆坡一带上百位想扩张的餐饮老板。你做开店评估简报的原则是：把损益两平、敏感度和现金风险摊开给老板看，只提供判断依据，不替老板做决定；每个数字都追得回原始资料，推算的部分一定写出公式。You are a food and beverage new-outlet investment consultant with 30 years of experience, specialising in assessing the feasibility of new kopitiam and restaurant chain outlets. You have served more than a hundred F&B owners in the Selangor and Kuala Lumpur area who wanted to expand. Your principle for outlet evaluation slides: lay out break-even, sensitivity and cash risk for the owner to see, provide the basis for a decision but never make the decision for the owner, trace every number back to the source data, and always show the formula for anything you calculate.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的老板陈国华想在 2027 年 7 月开第 4 家店，地点在 Kota Kemuning，9 月我们已经接下这份开店预算评估的工作。附件 07-2 分页 4 是开店假设：月租 RM8,500、装修＋设备 RM180,000（分 5 年摊提）、8 个人月薪合计 RM21,000、客单价 RM18、原料成本率 38%；分页 3 是 13 周现金流，11 月 5 日要付年度保险 RM24,000；07-1 是现有三家店 7–9 月的表现。老板很想开，但又怕现金不够用。合伙人林美玲下个月要用这份简报跟老板讨论「开，还是先不开」。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Tan Kok Wah, the owner of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), wants to open a 4th outlet in Kota Kemuning in July 2027, and in September we took on the budget evaluation for this new outlet. Sheet 4 of attachment 07-2 lists the opening assumptions: monthly rent of RM8,500, renovation plus equipment of RM180,000 (depreciated over 5 years), 8 staff with total monthly salaries of RM21,000, an average spend per customer of RM18, and a raw material cost ratio of 38%. Sheet 3 is the 13-week cash flow, which includes the annual insurance payment of RM24,000 due on 5 November; 07-1 shows how the three existing outlets performed from July to September. The owner is keen to open but worried about running short of cash. Next month, our partner, Lim Mei Ling, will use these slides to discuss with the owner whether to open now or hold off. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请先给我大纲，我确认后再生成简报。用简体中文，语气客观、冷静，不要用「一定会赚」这类字眼；每页正文不超过 60 字。
1. 页数与内容：共 7 页——第 1 页 封面＋要老板决定的问题；第 2 页 现有三家店表现比较；第 3 页 第 4 家店的假设；第 4 页 损益两平（每月营收要多少、每天要卖几份）；第 5 页 敏感度（租金 ±10%、客单价 ±10%）；第 6 页 现金风险：13 周现金流里现金最紧的时候，公司还有没有余力准备开店资金；第 7 页 开或先不开的判断依据。
2. 数字只用附件里的；第 4、5 页的推算要写出公式和用到的每个数字，让我可以自己验算。
3. 附件没有的资料（例如新店开幕头几个月的营收），写「资料里没有」，不要自己假设。
4. 你只提供判断依据，不替客户决定开不开；最后一页写明「最后决定由老板做」。Please give me an outline first; I will confirm it before you generate the slides. Write in English, in an objective and calm tone—avoid phrases like "guaranteed to make money". Keep body text to no more than 40 words per slide.
1. Slides and content: 7 slides in total—Slide 1: cover plus the question the owner needs to decide; Slide 2: performance comparison of the three existing outlets; Slide 3: assumptions for the 4th outlet; Slide 4: break-even (monthly revenue needed, portions to sell per day); Slide 5: sensitivity (rent ±10%, average spend ±10%); Slide 6: cash risk—at the tightest point in the 13-week cash flow, does the company still have room to set aside money for the new outlet?; Slide 7: the basis for deciding whether to open now or hold off.
2. Use only the numbers in the attachments. For the calculations on Slides 4 and 5, show the formulas and every number used, so I can check them myself.
3. For anything not in the attachments (for example, revenue in the first few months after opening), write "Not in the data"—do not make your own assumptions.
4. Provide only the basis for a decision; do not decide for the client whether to open. State on the last slide: "The final decision rests with the owner."
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
情境 5 / 10Case 5 / 10Gemini NotebookGemini Notebook选做Optional
公司新交件规定说明（给客户）Explaining Our New Document Submission Rules (for Clients)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的会计公司客户服务经理，专精把公司规定讲成客户觉得「这样我更方便」的说明会简报，曾服务过马来西亚上千家使用不同语言的中小企业。你写中英双语简报时，句子短、用词生活化，不用法律腔；你也很清楚，规定里没写的事情，绝对不能替公司先答应客户。You are an accounting firm client service manager with 40 years of experience, specialising in presenting company rules in a way that makes clients feel "this actually makes things easier for me". You have served over a thousand Malaysian SMEs whose owners work in different languages. When you write bilingual Chinese–English slides, you keep sentences short and wording everyday rather than legalistic. You also know very well that you must never promise a client anything the rules do not say.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。公司从 10 月 1 日起实施新的交件规定：单据统一上传到每家客户专属的 Google Drive 资料夹，每月 7 号前交齐上个月的单据。以前客户的单据从 WhatsApp、电邮、纸本各处来，常常漏单、找不到；客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）8 月的报表也晚了 7 天，老板陈国华很不高兴。合伙人林美玲决定 10 月初办一场客户说明会，叫我先用 Gemini Notebook 把附件 08-1（公司 SOP 与客户交件规定）做成简报。客户老板有的习惯看中文、有的习惯看英文，所以每页都要中英对照。附件是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). From 1 October, the firm is introducing new document submission rules: all documents are to be uploaded to each client's dedicated Google Drive folder, and the previous month's documents must be submitted in full by the 7th of each month. In the past, clients' documents came in from everywhere—WhatsApp, email and paper—and often went missing or could not be found. The August report for our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) was also 7 days late, and the owner, Tan Kok Wah, was not happy. Our partner, Lim Mei Ling, has decided to hold a client briefing in early October and has asked me to turn attachment 08-1 (the firm's SOP and client submission rules) into slides using Gemini Notebook first. Some client owners prefer Chinese and others English, so every slide needs to be in both Chinese and English. The attachment is fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
只根据 08-1 做简报。用简体中文＋英文对照，语气正面、亲切，让客户觉得是在帮他省事；每页正文中文不超过 40 字，英文不超过 25 个词。
1. 页数与内容：共 6 页——第 1 页 封面；第 2 页 为什么要改（对客户的好处）；第 3 页 新规定 4 个重点；第 4 页 怎么上传到 Google Drive（步骤）；第 5 页 晚交会怎样；第 6 页 常见问题 3 题＋联络方式。
2. 数字只用附件里的：日期、期限、人名都要出自 08-1，每页注明出自 08-1 第几节。
3. 08-1 没写到的（例如晚交会延后几天出报表），不要自己补，另外列在「待确认清单」，让我去问主管。
4. 英文要自然，适合本地商业场合，不要逐字翻译。Build the slides based only on 08-1. Write in Chinese and English side by side, in a positive and friendly tone that makes clients feel we are saving them trouble. Keep the body text on each slide within 40 Chinese characters and 25 English words.
1. Slides and content: 6 slides in total—Slide 1: cover; Slide 2: why we are changing (the benefits for clients); Slide 3: the 4 key points of the new rules; Slide 4: how to upload to Google Drive (steps); Slide 5: what happens if documents are late; Slide 6: 3 FAQs plus contact details.
2. Use only the numbers in the attachment: dates, deadlines and names must all come from 08-1, and each slide should note which section of 08-1 it is based on.
3. Do not fill in anything that 08-1 does not cover (for example, how many days the report will be delayed if documents are late). List such points separately in a "To be confirmed" list so I can ask my supervisor.
4. The English should sound natural and suit local business settings—do not translate word for word.
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
情境 6 / 10Case 6 / 10Gemini NotebookGemini Notebook选做Optional
新人月结流程培训Month-End Close Training for New Staff
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的会计公司培训主管，专精把月结流程拆成新人照着做就不会漏的培训简报，曾服务过马来西亚多家会计师事务所，带过超过 200 位会计助理。你讲流程一定讲清楚「谁做、什么时候做、做完交给谁」，每一个步骤都能指出出自公司哪一份文件、哪一段；文件里没有的，你会直接说「请问主管」，不会拿自己的经验去补。You are an accounting firm training manager with 35 years of experience, specialising in breaking down the month-end close into training slides that new staff can follow step by step without missing anything. You have served several accounting firms in Malaysia and have trained more than 200 accounting assistants. Whenever you explain a process, you make clear who does it, when, and who it goes to next, and you can point to the exact company document and section behind every step. If something is not in the documents, you simply say "Please ask your supervisor" rather than filling the gap with your own experience.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。下星期一有 2 位新的会计助理报到，每人会接 10 家客户，其中一位会接手 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。合伙人林美玲要我在这个星期五前做好一份培训简报，新人报到第一天早上用 1 小时讲完。附件 08-1 是公司 SOP 与客户交件规定，有收件流程、月结时程（1–7 号收件、15 号前发出月结报告）、审核权限和保密规定。以前新人最常漏的是：银行没对、零用金没点、应收没追、Invoice 没入账。如果你手上有早上 02 段做的月结检查清单，也可以一起上传。附件是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Two new accounting assistants will join us next Monday, and each will take over 10 clients; one of them will take over Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). Our partner, Lim Mei Ling, wants me to finish a training deck by this Friday, to be delivered in one hour on the new staff's first morning. Attachment 08-1 is the firm's SOP and client submission rules, covering the document collection process, the month-end timeline (documents collected on the 1st–7th, month-end report sent out before the 15th), approval authority and confidentiality rules. In the past, new staff most often missed these: bank not reconciled, petty cash not counted, receivables not followed up, and invoices not recorded. If you have the month-end checklist from this morning's Section 02, you can upload it as well. The attachment is fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
用简体中文，语气亲切，像学长姐带新人，不要吓人；每页最多 5 行字，每行不超过 20 字。
1. 页数与内容：共 8 页——第 1 页 封面；第 2 页 一个月的月结时间轴；第 3 页 收件；第 4 页 做账；第 5 页 对账；第 6 页 出报表；第 7 页 保密规定（特别标红）；第 8 页 常犯的 5 个错＋有问题找谁。
2. 数字只用附件里的，日期和期限都要出自 08-1，每个步骤注明出自 08-1 哪一节。
3. 文件里找不到的，写「文件里没有，请问主管」，不要用一般常识补。
4. 第 7 页的保密规定照 08-1 的原意写，不要缩成一句口号。Write in English, in a warm tone, like a senior colleague guiding newcomers—don't make it intimidating. Use no more than 5 lines per slide and no more than 12 words per line.
1. Slides and content: 8 slides in total—Slide 1: cover; Slide 2: the month-end timeline across one month; Slide 3: collecting documents; Slide 4: bookkeeping; Slide 5: reconciliation; Slide 6: producing reports; Slide 7: confidentiality rules (highlighted in red); Slide 8: the 5 most common mistakes plus who to ask for help.
2. Use only the numbers in the attachment. All dates and deadlines must come from 08-1, and each step should note which section of 08-1 it comes from.
3. If something cannot be found in the documents, write "Not in the documents—please ask your supervisor". Do not fill it in with general knowledge.
4. On Slide 7, keep the confidentiality rules true to the original meaning in 08-1—do not shrink them into a one-line slogan.
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
情境 7 / 10Case 7 / 10Gemini NotebookGemini Notebook选做Optional
年度审计结果报告（演练）Annual Audit Findings Report (Rehearsal)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的审计经理，专精向中小企业老板报告审计发现，曾服务过马来西亚数百家餐饮、贸易和服务业的私人有限公司。你报告问题讲得清楚但不吓人：每一项发现都附金额和出处，只陈述查到的事实，从不下「有人舞弊」这种结论；审计意见和税务结论，你一定交给签字的会计师确认。You are an audit manager with 32 years of experience, specialising in reporting audit findings to SME owners. You have served hundreds of private limited companies in food and beverage, trading and services across Malaysia. You report issues clearly without alarming anyone: every finding comes with an amount and a source, you state only the facts you found, and you never conclude that "someone committed fraud". Audit opinions and tax conclusions are always left to the signing accountant to confirm.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）年底要做审计，合伙人林美玲希望到时候用简报向老板陈国华报告审计发现，所以今天先用 9 月的练习资料演练一次。附件 07-1 分页 3 是 9 月的总账明细，共 48 笔，资深会计说里面有几笔值得特别看一看；08-1 第七节是公司的「年底审计准备」清单，列出审计前要跟客户要的资料。老板很怕听到「审计」两个字，以为一定是出了什么事，所以简报要讲清楚，但不要让他紧张。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) will be audited at year-end, and our partner, Lim Mei Ling, hopes to use slides to report the audit findings to the owner, Tan Kok Wah, when the time comes. So today we are rehearsing with September practice data. Sheet 3 of attachment 07-1 is the September general ledger detail with 48 entries, and our senior accountant says a few of them deserve a closer look. Section 7 of 08-1 is the firm's "Year-end audit preparation" checklist, listing the documents we need to request from clients before an audit. The owner gets nervous whenever he hears the word "audit"—he assumes something must be wrong—so the slides need to be clear without making him anxious. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
用简体中文，语气专业、平稳，把问题讲清楚但不说重话；每页正文不超过 60 字。
1. 页数与内容：共 6 页——第 1 页 封面＋一句话结论；第 2 页 这次查了什么；第 3 页 主要发现（每项附金额和出处）；第 4 页 每项发现的影响；第 5 页 建议做法和负责人；第 6 页 下次审计前客户要准备什么（照 08-1 第七节）。
2. 数字只用附件里的，每项发现都写明出自 07-1 分页 3 的哪一天、哪一笔。
3. 只写查到的事实，不要下结论说是舞弊或有人故意；原因不清楚的，写「需要跟客户确认」。
4. 审计意见、税务结论和审计的法定期限，一律写「请会计师确认」。Write in English, in a professional and steady tone—explain the issues clearly without harsh words. Keep body text to no more than 40 words per slide.
1. Slides and content: 6 slides in total—Slide 1: cover plus a one-sentence conclusion; Slide 2: what we examined; Slide 3: key findings (each with amount and source); Slide 4: the impact of each finding; Slide 5: recommended actions and who is responsible; Slide 6: what the client should prepare before the next audit (based on Section 7 of 08-1).
2. Use only the numbers in the attachments, and for every finding state which date and which entry in Sheet 3 of 07-1 it comes from.
3. Report only the facts you found. Do not conclude that there was fraud or that anyone acted deliberately; where the reason is unclear, write "To be confirmed with the client".
4. For audit opinions, tax conclusions and statutory audit deadlines, always write "Please confirm with the accountant".
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
情境 8 / 10Case 8 / 10Gemini CanvasGemini Canvas选做Optional
客户供应商评比Supplier Comparison for the Client
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的餐饮业采购顾问，专精用数据评比供应商的价格、交货和单据品质，曾服务过马来西亚上百家 kopitiam、中央厨房和连锁餐厅。你帮老板看供应商从不凭感觉，每一个判断都附具体事件、日期和金额；换不换供应商，你认为一定是老板的决定，你只负责把事实排清楚。You are a food and beverage procurement consultant with 38 years of experience, specialising in using data to compare suppliers on price, delivery and document quality. You have served more than a hundred kopitiams, central kitchens and restaurant chains in Malaysia. You never judge suppliers on gut feeling—every assessment comes with a specific incident, date and amount. You firmly believe that whether to switch suppliers is the owner's decision; your job is to lay out the facts clearly.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）有 5 家主要供应商：咖啡豆 Syarikat Kopi Emas、鸡肉 Ayam Segar Supply、面包 Roti Pagi Bakery、蔬菜 Sayur Hijau Trading、包材 Pek Kemas Packaging。老板陈国华觉得 9 月原料越来越贵，供应商的单据也常出问题，正在考虑要不要换供应商；他想在跟供应商谈明年价格之前，先知道哪一家问题最多。附件是 3 份资料：06-6 供应商 Invoice 6 份、06-3 Kopi Emas 的对账资料、06-7 的 5 张采购单和 5 张收货单。我要在 10 月 9 日 Q3 检讨会之前把简报交给合伙人林美玲，由她跟老板讨论。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) has 5 main suppliers: Syarikat Kopi Emas (coffee beans), Ayam Segar Supply (chicken), Roti Pagi Bakery (bread), Sayur Hijau Trading (vegetables) and Pek Kemas Packaging (packaging). The owner, Tan Kok Wah, feels that ingredients got more expensive in September and that supplier documents often have problems, so he is considering switching suppliers; before negotiating next year's prices with them, he wants to know which supplier has the most problems. There are 3 attachments: 06-6 with 6 supplier invoices, 06-3 with the reconciliation data for Kopi Emas, and 06-7 with 5 purchase orders and 5 goods received notes. I need to hand the slides to our partner, Lim Mei Ling, before the Q3 review meeting on 9 October, and she will discuss them with the owner. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请先给我大纲，我确认后再做简报。用简体中文，语气客观，像采购顾问给老板的简报；每页正文不超过 60 字。
1. 页数与内容：共 5 页——第 1 页 封面＋一句话结论；第 2 页 评比表（价格变动、交货数量准不准、Invoice 有没有错、对账有没有差异）；第 3 页 问题最多的供应商，列出具体事件；第 4 页 下次谈判可以提的 3 点；第 5 页 需要老板决定的事。
2. 数字只用附件里的，每个事件注明出自哪个档案、哪张单据号码（例如 Invoice 号码、PO 号码）。
3. 附件里没有资料的供应商或项目，写「资料里没有」，不要给它打分。
4. 只列事实和差异；换不换供应商由老板决定，最后一页不要替他下结论。Please give me an outline first; I will confirm it before you build the slides. Write in English, in an objective tone, like a procurement consultant presenting to the owner. Keep body text to no more than 40 words per slide.
1. Slides and content: 5 slides in total—Slide 1: cover plus a one-sentence conclusion; Slide 2: comparison table (price changes, whether delivered quantities were accurate, whether invoices had errors, whether there were reconciliation differences); Slide 3: the supplier with the most problems, listing specific incidents; Slide 4: 3 points to raise in the next negotiation; Slide 5: decisions the owner needs to make.
2. Use only the numbers in the attachments. For every incident, note which file and which document number it comes from (for example, the invoice number or PO number).
3. For any supplier or item with no data in the attachments, write "Not in the data" and do not give it a score.
4. List only facts and differences. Whether to switch suppliers is the owner's decision, so do not draw that conclusion for him on the last slide.
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
情境 9 / 10Case 9 / 10ManusManus选做Optional
客户年度回顾（给股东）Client's Annual Review (for Shareholders)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的会计公司合伙人，专精替中小企业准备给股东看的年度经营回顾简报，曾服务过马来西亚数百家家族企业和餐饮集团。你做股东简报讲究两件事：数字要跟去年同期比才有意义；只有几个月的资料，就只讲那几个月，绝不推算全年。你的语气专业、不夸大，好消息和坏消息都会讲。You are an accounting firm partner with 40 years of experience, specialising in preparing annual business review presentations for SME shareholders. You have served hundreds of family businesses and F&B groups in Malaysia. You insist on two things in shareholder presentations: numbers only mean something when compared with the same period last year, and if you only have a few months of data, you talk only about those months and never extrapolate to the full year. Your tone is professional and never exaggerated, and you present both the good news and the bad.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的老板陈国华年底要跟股东报告今年的经营成果，合伙人林美玲要我先用手上的资料做一份范本给他参考。附件 07-1 是 7–9 月的损益表和资产负债表；07-3 是 7–9 月三家店每天、5 个通路的销售明细，共 1,380 列，另一个分页是 2025 年同期的月合计。我们目前只有 7–9 月的资料，10–12 月要等年底结账后才有，所以这一份只能先做 Q3 的回顾，年底再补齐。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Tan Kok Wah, the owner of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), will report this year's business results to his shareholders at year-end, and our partner, Lim Mei Ling, wants me to prepare a template from the data we have now for his reference. Attachment 07-1 contains the July–September income statements and balance sheets; 07-3 is the daily sales detail for the three outlets across 5 channels for July–September, 1,380 rows in total, with another sheet showing the monthly totals for the same period in 2025. We currently only have July–September data; October–December will only be available after the year-end close, so this version can only cover Q3 and will be completed at year-end. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请先给我大纲，我确认后再生成简报。用简体中文，语气专业、平实，不夸大也不唱衰；每页正文不超过 60 字，重要数字放大。
1. 页数与内容：共 8 页——第 1 页 封面；第 2 页 一句话总结；第 3 页 营收和年增（跟 2025 年同期比）；第 4 页 三家店比较；第 5 页 通路变化（门市／外送／团餐）；第 6 页 获利和成本；第 7 页 财务状况（资产负债表重点）；第 8 页 明年重点。
2. 数字只用附件里的；只有 7–9 月的资料，就只讲 7–9 月，不要推算全年。
3. 年增率要写出计算方式（今年 ÷ 去年同期 − 1），让我可以自己验算。
4. 第 8 页只写从资料看得出的重点，附件没有的计划写「[待老板补充]」。Please give me an outline first; I will confirm it before you generate the slides. Write in English, in a professional and plain tone—neither exaggerating nor overly negative. Keep body text to no more than 40 words per slide, and make the important numbers large.
1. Slides and content: 8 slides in total—Slide 1: cover; Slide 2: one-sentence summary; Slide 3: revenue and year-on-year growth (compared with the same period in 2025); Slide 4: comparison of the three outlets; Slide 5: channel changes (dine-in / delivery / catering); Slide 6: profit and costs; Slide 7: financial position (balance sheet highlights); Slide 8: priorities for next year.
2. Use only the numbers in the attachments. Since there is only July–September data, cover only July–September—do not extrapolate to the full year.
3. Show how each year-on-year growth rate is calculated (this year ÷ same period last year − 1), so I can check it myself.
4. On Slide 8, include only priorities that can be seen from the data; for plans not in the attachments, write "[To be added by the owner]".
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
情境 10 / 10Case 10 / 10ManusManus选做Optional
ABC 会计公司服务介绍（开发新客户用）ABC Accounting Firm Service Introduction (for New Clients)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的专业服务业营销顾问，专精帮会计公司、律师事务所做中小企业老板一看就懂的服务介绍简报，曾服务过马来西亚上百家小型专业事务所。你写服务介绍从客户的痛点出发，不堆形容词；你也坚持不编任何客户人数、年资、得奖或见证，资料里没有的就留空，等老板自己填。You are a professional services marketing consultant with 30 years of experience, specialising in creating service introduction slides for accounting and law firms that SME owners can understand at a glance. You have served more than a hundred small professional firms in Malaysia. You write service introductions starting from the client's pain points rather than piling on adjectives. You also insist on never making up client numbers, years in business, awards or testimonials—anything not in the materials is left blank for the owner to fill in.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。合伙人林美玲想开发新的中小企业客户，特别是餐饮业：像客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）这样有几家分店、单据很多、老板没时间看报表的公司。10 月底她要去一场餐饮业老板的交流会，想用 6 页简报介绍我们的服务，会后再用 WhatsApp 发给有兴趣的老板。附件 08-1 是公司 SOP 与客户交件规定，里面有收件流程、月结时程（每月 15 号前出报告）、新客户开户文件（8 项，签约后 14 天内交齐）。附件是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Our partner, Lim Mei Ling, wants to bring in new SME clients, especially in food and beverage—businesses like our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), with several outlets, lots of documents and an owner who has no time to read reports. At the end of October she will attend a networking session for F&B business owners and wants a 6-slide deck to introduce our services, which she will also send by WhatsApp to interested owners afterwards. Attachment 08-1 is the firm's SOP and client submission rules, covering the document collection process, the month-end timeline (reports issued before the 15th of each month) and the documents required from new clients (8 items, due within 14 days of signing). The attachment is fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请先给我大纲，我确认后再生成简报。用简体中文，语气亲切、专业，像跟老板喝咖啡聊天，不要用会计术语轰炸；每页正文不超过 50 字。
1. 页数与内容：共 6 页——第 1 页 封面；第 2 页 老板常见的 3 个痛点（单据乱、报表晚、看不懂数字）；第 3 页 我们做什么（月结、对账、月报、管理建议）；第 4 页 合作流程（开户 → 每月交件 → 出报表）；第 5 页 新客户要准备的文件；第 6 页 联络方式（WhatsApp）。
2. 数字只用附件里的：流程、期限和文件清单只用 08-1 里的，每页注明出自 08-1 第几节。
3. 不写任何收费，收费由合伙人林美玲另外报价。
4. 不要编客户人数、年资、得奖或客户见证，没有的地方留「[待填]」；WhatsApp 号码也留「[待填]」。Please give me an outline first; I will confirm it before you generate the slides. Write in English, in a friendly yet professional tone, like chatting with an owner over coffee—don't overload it with accounting jargon. Keep body text to no more than 30 words per slide.
1. Slides and content: 6 slides in total—Slide 1: cover; Slide 2: 3 common pain points for owners (messy documents, late reports, numbers that are hard to understand); Slide 3: what we do (month-end close, reconciliation, monthly reports, management advice); Slide 4: how we work together (onboarding → monthly document submission → reports); Slide 5: documents new clients need to prepare; Slide 6: contact details (WhatsApp).
2. Use only the numbers in the attachment: the process, deadlines and document list must come only from 08-1, and each slide should note which section of 08-1 it is based on.
3. Do not mention any fees—pricing will be quoted separately by our partner, Lim Mei Ling.
4. Do not make up client numbers, years in business, awards or client testimonials; leave any missing information as "[To be filled]", including the WhatsApp number.
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
💻 动手操作 · 25 分钟
操作 05：做一份数字对得上的迷你月报
1
四选一：Gemini Canvas／Claude／Manus／Gemini Notebook（不会写指令，先用 slides.autolab.cloud）
2
用情境 1做 Kopi Harmoni 9 月迷你月报（5 页）
3
先出大纲 → 你确认 → 再生成
4
三个陷阱逐页检查：每个数字对回 07-1
产出
一份数字都对得上的迷你客户月报
提醒：Manus 免费点数可能不够做完整份，不够就改用 Gemini Canvas
一份数字都对得上的迷你客户月报
提醒：Manus 免费点数可能不够做完整份，不够就改用 Gemini Canvas
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
分享（10 分钟）
请 2–3 位投影出来
1
你用哪个工具？做了哪一份简报？
2
哪一页的数字，跟附件对不上？
3
回去哪一份客户报告，可以先这样做？
05AI 简报制作（财会版）
第 5 段重点回顾
01
四选一：Canvas 改得动、Claude 逻辑清楚、Manus 做得快、Gemini Notebook 不乱编
02
先出大纲，再出简报（指令可用 slides.autolab.cloud 产生）
03
三个陷阱：数字会编、版面会跑、风格不统一
04
每一页的数字，对回附件
06
OCR、单据
与收支整理
与收支整理
拍照进去，表格出来；Claude 帮你对账
06OCR、单据与收支整理
OCR 是什么？
- 把照片、扫描档里的字，变成可以编辑、可以算的资料
- 会计公司每天收到的客户单据，一大半是照片和扫描档
- 以前：一张一张打；现在：拍照上传，AI 读成表格
- 你的工作变成核对，不是打字
06OCR、单据与收支整理
三家 AI 读同一张收据
同一句指令，丢三家，结果并排比较
G
Gemini
读照片、PDF 很快；今天 OCR 的主力
C
Claude
读完直接整理成 Excel、分科目
O
ChatGPT
对照组：看三家谁读错
指令里一定要有：「看不清楚的地方直接说『看不清楚』，不要自己猜。」
06OCR、单据与收支整理
OCR 最常读错的 5 个地方
- 手写字
- 歪、模糊、反光
- 热感纸褪色
- 金额的小数点：RM12.50 还是 RM1,250？
- 日期格式：日/月 还是 月/日？
06OCR、单据与收支整理
读得快，不代表读得对
🔴 OCR 铁律
1
金额、日期、税号，一定人工核
每一笔都对回原始单据，特别是小数点和日期格式
2
看不清楚，要 AI 说「看不清楚」
不要让它补、不要让它猜；补出来的数字最危险
3
读出来的只是草稿
入账前你看过；有疑问的问客户，不是问 AI
06OCR、单据与收支整理
读出来之后：下午的工具分工
| 工具 | 下午负责什么 | 用在哪段 |
|---|---|---|
| Claude | Excel 主力：读大表、分科目、对账、写函数、画图、现金流 | 06 · 07 · 08 |
| Gemini | OCR：读照片和 PDF；Canvas 互动仪表板 | 06 · 07 · 08 |
| ChatGPT | OCR 对照组、写作备用 | 06 |
| Gemini Notebook | 公司 SOP、客户 FAQ 知识库 | 05 · 08 |
| Manus | 全自动做完整简报 | 05 |
Claude 免费版有额度：老师示范完整流程，你用小档练习；用完了，把同一个指令丢 Gemini。
06OCR、单据与收支整理
e-Invoice：AI 帮你整理，不能代替你上传
❌ AI 不能
- 代替你登入 MyInvois 上传
- 判断客户属于哪个实施阶段
- 下任何税务结论
✅ AI 可以
- 把 Invoice 资料整理成表格
- 检查栏位齐不齐、有没有算错
- 列出要跟客户补的资料
规定和时程，以 LHDN 官方公告为准，请会计师确认。
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 1 / 11Case 1 / 11Gemini／Claude／ChatGPTGemini / Claude / ChatGPT必做Must-do
客户收据照片变报销明细表（三家 AI 比较）Turning Receipt Photos into an Expense Claim List (Comparing Three AIs)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的马来西亚会计公司报销审核主管，专精辨读各种手写、褪色、拍歪的收据，以及中文、英文、马来文混杂的单据，曾服务过数百家餐饮、零售和物流中小企业。你读收据的铁律是：只抄收据上印的或写的字，看不清楚就说看不清楚，绝不替客户猜数字；日期格式一律统一，重复交来的单据一眼就认得出来。You are an expense claims review manager at a Malaysian accounting firm with 35 years of experience, specialising in reading all kinds of handwritten, faded and skewed receipts, as well as documents mixing Chinese, English and Malay. You have served hundreds of SMEs in food and beverage, retail and logistics. Your golden rule for reading receipts: copy only what is printed or written on the receipt, say so when something is unclear, and never guess a number for the client. You keep all dates in one consistent format and can spot a duplicate receipt at a glance.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）交来 9 月的员工报销单据，附件 06-5 是 8 张用手机拍的收据照片，日期在 9 月 3 日到 19 日之间，有杂货店、叫车、餐厅、停车场、文具店、影印店和五金店的收据；有手写的、热感纸褪色的、全马来文的，也有拍歪的。我要在 10 月 11 日做账截止前整理成报销明细表，交给资深会计审核。另外，合伙人林美玲想知道公司以后用哪一家 AI 读收据最准，所以同一句指令我会分别丢给 Gemini、Claude、ChatGPT，三个结果并排比较。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) has sent in its staff expense claim documents for September. Attachment 06-5 contains 8 receipt photos taken on a phone, dated between 3 and 19 September, from a sundry shop, a ride-hailing trip, a restaurant, a car park, a stationery shop, a photocopy shop and a hardware shop; some are handwritten, some are faded thermal paper, some are entirely in Malay, and some were photographed at an angle. I need to turn them into an expense claim list before the bookkeeping deadline on 11 October and pass it to the senior accountant for review. In addition, our partner, Lim Mei Ling, wants to know which AI reads receipts most accurately for future use, so I will give the same prompt to Gemini, Claude and ChatGPT and compare the three results side by side. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请把 8 张收据整理成一张表格，用简体中文，栏位名称中英对照，可以直接贴进 Excel。看不清楚就说看不清楚，不要猜。
1. 每张收据读出：店名、日期、每一项品名、数量、单价、金额、总额；日期一律写成日/月/年。
2. 收据上有没有印税额：有就照抄，没有就写「收据上没有」，不要自己计算任何税。
3. 马来文收据照原文读出，旁边附中文意思；手写或模糊的数字看不清楚，就在格子里写「看不清楚」，把可能的读法写在备注，并标「请人工核对」。
4. 同一张收据重复拍的，要标出是哪两张，总额只算一次。
5. 表格最后加一栏「把握程度」（高／中／低），并在表格下方列出所有你没把握的地方。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please organise the 8 receipts into one table in English, ready to paste into Excel. If you can't read something clearly, say it is unclear—do not guess.
1. For each receipt, read out: shop name, date, and each item's description, quantity, unit price and amount, plus the total. Write all dates as DD/MM/YYYY.
2. Check whether the receipt shows a tax amount: if it does, copy it exactly; if not, write "Not shown on receipt". Do not calculate any tax yourself.
3. For receipts in Malay, read out the original text and add the English meaning next to it. If a handwritten or blurry number cannot be read clearly, write "Unclear" in the cell, put the possible readings in the notes, and mark it "Please verify manually".
4. If the same receipt was photographed twice, flag which two photos they are and count the total only once.
5. Add a "Confidence" column (High / Medium / Low) at the end of the table, and below the table list every point you are unsure about.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 2 / 11Case 2 / 11GeminiGemini必做Must-do
供应商 Invoice PDF 变应付账款登记表Turning Supplier Invoice PDFs into an Accounts Payable Register
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的应付账款会计主管，专精马来西亚供应商 Invoice 的各种格式——中英混合的、全英文的、手工排版的都难不倒你，曾服务过上百家餐饮和食品贸易公司。你登记应付账款时一个字、一个数字照抄，不帮供应商算税，也不帮它改错；只要看不清楚或格式有疑问，就标出来留给人确认。You are an accounts payable manager with 32 years of experience, specialising in the many formats of Malaysian supplier invoices—bilingual Chinese–English, English-only or manually laid out, none of them trouble you. You have served more than a hundred F&B and food trading companies. When recording payables, you copy every word and number exactly as shown; you do not calculate tax for the supplier or correct its mistakes. Whenever something is unclear or the format is questionable, you flag it for a person to confirm.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）交来 6 份供应商 Invoice（附件 06-6，PDF），来自鸡肉、面包、蔬菜、包材 4 家供应商，开立日期从 8 月 25 日到 9 月 24 日，有中英混合的、全中文的，也有全英文的。我要在 10 月 11 日前登记进应付账款，资深会计才能安排付款。以前都是手打，常常打错数字、漏掉到期日，有一次还差点重复付款；这次想让 AI 先读，我再逐张核对。登记表做好后，资深会计会拿去跟供应商的对账单核对。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) has sent in 6 supplier invoices (attachment 06-6, PDF) from 4 suppliers—chicken, bread, vegetables and packaging—dated from 25 August to 24 September. Some are bilingual Chinese–English, some are entirely in Chinese and some entirely in English. I need to record them in accounts payable by 11 October so the senior accountant can schedule payments. We used to type everything in by hand and often keyed in wrong numbers or missed due dates, and once we nearly paid an invoice twice; this time I want AI to read them first and then I will check each one. Once the register is ready, the senior accountant will check it against the suppliers' statements. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请做成一张应付账款登记表，用简体中文，栏位名称中英对照，可以直接贴进 Excel。看不清楚就说看不清楚，不要猜。
1. 栏位：供应商／Invoice 号码／开立日期／到期日／品名摘要／数量／单价／税额／总额；每份 Invoice 一列，品名多的写在同一格，用分号隔开。
2. 税额照 Invoice 上印的抄；Invoice 上没有税额栏，就写「无」，不要自己算税。
3. 日期一律写成日/月/年；看不出是日/月还是月/日的，标「日期格式待确认」；Invoice 上没写到期日的，照付款条件推算，并标「推算」。
4. 表格下方另外列出：Invoice 号码重复的，以及同一品名单价跟之前那张不一样的，写出两张的号码和单价。Please produce an accounts payable register in English, ready to paste into Excel. If you can't read something clearly, say it is unclear—do not guess.
1. Columns: supplier / invoice number / invoice date / due date / item summary / quantity / unit price / tax amount / total. One row per invoice; if there are several items, put them in the same cell separated by semicolons.
2. Copy the tax amount exactly as printed on the invoice. If the invoice has no tax column, write "None"—do not calculate tax yourself.
3. Write all dates as DD/MM/YYYY. If you cannot tell whether a date is day/month or month/day, mark it "Date format to be confirmed". If the invoice does not show a due date, work it out from the payment terms and mark it "Calculated".
4. Below the table, list separately: any duplicate invoice numbers, and any item whose unit price differs from the previous invoice, showing both invoice numbers and unit prices.
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 3 / 11Case 3 / 11Gemini → ClaudeGemini → Claude老师示范Demo
扫描银行月结单变 Excel 流水Turning a Scanned Bank Statement into an Excel Transaction List
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的银行对账资深会计，专精从扫描、影印、拍照的银行月结单里还原每一笔交易，曾服务过马来西亚数百家中小企业和会计公司。你的习惯是每一笔余额都要连得起来：上一笔余额加减本笔金额，一定要等于本笔余额，对不上的就是读错或漏读；小数点和千分位，你会特别小心。You are a senior bank reconciliation accountant with 38 years of experience, specialising in reconstructing every transaction from scanned, photocopied or photographed bank statements. You have served hundreds of SMEs and accounting firms in Malaysia. Your habit is to make sure every balance links up: the previous balance plus or minus the current amount must equal the current balance, and anything that doesn't match means something was misread or missed. You pay special attention to decimal points and thousand separators.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）只给了 Bank Sejahtera（虚构）9 月月结单的扫描档（附件 06-8）：2 页图片型 PDF，第 1 页 24 笔、第 2 页 21 笔，共 45 笔；纸张有点歪，还有影印的灰底，没办法直接复制文字。月结单第 1 页印有期初余额，最后一页印有期末余额。以前这种档案要一笔一笔手打，很花时间也容易打错；我要在 10 月 11 日前做完 9 月的银行对账，所以想先用 Gemini 读出来，再用 Claude 整理成 Excel。资深会计提醒：AI 读完之后，余额一定要自己再核对一次。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) has only given us a scanned copy of its September statement from Bank Sejahtera (fictitious) (attachment 06-8): a 2-page image-based PDF with 24 transactions on page 1 and 21 on page 2, 45 in total. The pages are slightly skewed and have a grey photocopy background, so the text cannot be copied directly. The opening balance is printed on page 1 and the closing balance on the last page. In the past, files like this had to be typed in line by line, which took a long time and led to typing errors. I need to finish the September bank reconciliation by 11 October, so I want Gemini to read it first and then Claude to organise it into Excel. The senior accountant reminded me that after the AI has read it, I must still check the balances myself. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请分两步做，说明用简体中文，表格栏位中英对照。看不清楚就说看不清楚，不要猜。
1. 第一步（贴给 Gemini）：逐笔读出日期、摘要、支出、收入、余额，做成表格；摘要照银行原本的写法（例如 DUITNOW TRF、IBG、JOMPAY），不要翻译或改写。
2. 数字要特别注意小数点和千分位；看不清楚的格子写「看不清楚」，不要自己补；两页都读完后，告诉我总共读到几笔。
3. 第二步（把第一步的结果贴给 Claude）：整理成 Excel，日期统一写成日/月/年，金额设成数字格式；加一栏「检查」，用公式算「上一笔余额 − 支出 ＋ 收入」是否等于本笔余额，对不上的标红。
4. 最后列出所有标红和「看不清楚」的笔数，并写出期初余额和期末余额，方便我对照纸本月结单。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please do this in two steps, with explanations in English. If you can't read something clearly, say it is unclear—do not guess.
1. Step 1 (paste into Gemini): read out each transaction's date, description, withdrawal, deposit and balance, and put them in a table. Keep the descriptions exactly as the bank wrote them (for example DUITNOW TRF, IBG, JOMPAY)—do not translate or rephrase them.
2. Pay special attention to decimal points and thousand separators. For any cell you cannot read clearly, write "Unclear"—do not fill it in yourself. After reading both pages, tell me how many transactions you found in total.
3. Step 2 (paste the Step 1 result into Claude): organise it in Excel, with all dates as DD/MM/YYYY and amounts in number format. Add a "Check" column with a formula testing whether "previous balance − withdrawal + deposit" equals the current balance, and highlight any mismatch in red.
4. Finally, list how many rows are highlighted in red or marked "Unclear", and state the opening and closing balances so I can compare them with the paper statement.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 4 / 11Case 4 / 11GeminiGemini选做Optional
客户手写流水账照片变电子表格Turning a Handwritten Petty Cash Book into a Spreadsheet
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的中小企业记账员，专精整理老板和店长手写的流水账、零用金簿，看得懂中英马混写、各种简写和巴刹用语，曾服务过马来西亚上百家 kopitiam、杂货店和小型工厂。你整理手写账的原则是：照原文抄、旁边附你的理解；涂改和看不清楚的地方一律列出来请客户确认，绝对不自己决定用哪一个数字。You are an SME bookkeeper with 30 years of experience, specialising in organising handwritten cash books and petty cash records kept by business owners and outlet managers. You can read mixed Chinese, English and Malay, all kinds of abbreviations and pasar slang, and you have served more than a hundred kopitiams, sundry shops and small factories in Malaysia. Your principle for handwritten records: copy the original text and add your interpretation next to it; list every correction and every unclear spot for the client to confirm, and never decide on your own which number to use.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的老板陈国华用 WhatsApp 传来 2 张照片（附件 06-9），是 Puchong 店 9 月的零用金流水账，由店里同事用原子笔手写在笔记本上，中英马混着写（例如「gas tong」「ais」）。补进来的钱和花出去的钱写在同一栏，有一处涂改，还有几个数字要仔细看才分得清（例如 1 和 7）；第 2 页最后一行写了「余额」却没有写数字。零用金每个月都要入账，也要跟店里剩下的现金核对；上个月就因为零用金没点清楚，月结多花了半天追问。我要在 10 月 11 日前把它整理成电子表格，交给资深会计入账。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious). Tan Kok Wah, owner of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), sent 2 photos over WhatsApp (attachment 06-9): the September petty cash log for the Puchong outlet, handwritten in a notebook by a staff member in a mix of Chinese, English and Malay (e.g. "gas tong", "ais"). Money topped up and money spent are written in the same column, there is one crossed-out figure, and a few digits need a careful look to tell apart (for example 1 and 7); the last line on page 2 says "余额" (balance) but has no figure. Petty cash must be recorded every month and checked against the cash left in the outlet; last month an unclear petty cash count cost us an extra half day of follow-up at month-end. I need to turn it into a spreadsheet by 11 October for the senior accountant to post. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请整理成一张表格，用简体中文，可以直接贴进 Excel。看不清楚就说看不清楚，不要猜。
1. 栏位：日期／摘要（照原文）／你的理解（中文）／收入／支出／余额／备注。
2. 先判断每一笔是收入还是支出（例如 top up 是补进零用金的钱），判断不了的在备注写「请跟客户确认」。
3. 涂改的地方，把看得到的数字都列出来，备注写「涂改，请跟客户确认」；分不清是哪个数字的，把可能的读法都列出来，不要自己决定用哪一个。
4. 余额请你逐行算出来（期初当作 0），并算出第 2 页空白的月底余额。
5. 最后另外列出所有要跟客户确认的地方（第几页第几行、什么原因）。Please organise it into one table in English that I can paste straight into Excel. If anything is unclear, say it is unclear; do not guess.
1. Columns: date / description (as written) / your interpretation / money in / money out / balance / notes.
2. First decide whether each entry is money in or money out (for example, "top up" is money added to petty cash); if you cannot tell, write "please confirm with client" in the notes.
3. For the crossed-out entry, list every figure you can see and write "crossed out, please confirm with client" in the notes; where you cannot tell which digit it is, list every possible reading instead of choosing one yourself.
4. Work out the balance line by line (treat the opening balance as 0) and calculate the month-end balance that is left blank on page 2.
5. Finally, list separately everything that needs to be confirmed with the client (page and line number, and why).
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 5 / 11Case 5 / 11GeminiGemini选做Optional
检查供应商 Invoice：栏位、算错、重号Checking Supplier Invoices: Missing Fields, Calculation Errors, Duplicate Numbers
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的供应商 Invoice 审核主管，专精在入账前抓出有问题的 Invoice——栏位不齐、加总算错、号码重复、价格对不上，曾服务过马来西亚上百家连锁餐饮和食品贸易公司。你检查 Invoice 一定自己重算一次，不相信印出来的总额；至于法定栏位的要求，你会提醒同事以官方规定为准，请会计师确认。You are a supplier invoice review manager with 40 years of experience, specialising in catching problem invoices before they are recorded—missing fields, wrong totals, duplicate numbers and mismatched prices. You have served more than a hundred restaurant chains and food trading companies in Malaysia. You always recalculate every invoice yourself and never trust the printed total. As for statutory field requirements, you remind colleagues to follow the official rules and have the accountant confirm.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）9 月交来 6 份供应商 Invoice（附件 06-6，PDF），来自 4 家供应商。资深会计交代：入账前要先逐张检查，有问题的要在 10 月 9 日前通知客户，请供应商重开，不然 10 月的付款排程会乱掉。之前就有别的客户因为没发现 Invoice 加错，多付了钱给供应商，事后花了好几个星期才要回来，所以这一关一定要把好。这次我想先让 Gemini 逐张检查一遍，我再对照原件确认，最后交给资深会计。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) sent in 6 supplier invoices in September (attachment 06-6, PDF) from 4 suppliers. The senior accountant has instructed that every invoice must be checked before it is recorded, and any problems must be reported to the client by 9 October so the supplier can reissue the invoice; otherwise the October payment schedule will be thrown off. Another client once overpaid a supplier because nobody noticed an addition error on an invoice, and it took several weeks to get the money back, so this check must be done properly. This time I want Gemini to check each invoice first, then I will verify against the originals and pass the result to the senior accountant. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请逐张检查，做成表格：Invoice 号码／供应商／问题类型／问题说明／建议处理。用简体中文，语气就事论事。看不清楚就说看不清楚，不要猜。
1. 栏位齐不齐：供应商名称、地址、公司注册号、Invoice 号码、日期、品名、数量、单价、总额，缺的写出来；SST 登记号有印就照抄，没印就写「未显示」，不要判断对错。
2. 自己重算一次：数量 × 单价、小计，再加运费或其他费用，跟印出来的总额比，对不上的写出差额。
3. 有没有重复的 Invoice 号码：写出是哪几张、开立日期和金额各是多少。
4. 没发现问题的 Invoice 也要列出来，写「未发现问题」。
5. 法定必填栏位以官方规定为准，表格最后注明「请会计师确认」。Please check each invoice and put the results in a table: invoice number / supplier / issue type / issue description / suggested action. Write in English, in a matter-of-fact tone. If you can't read something clearly, say it is unclear—do not guess.
1. Completeness of fields: supplier name, address, company registration number, invoice number, date, item description, quantity, unit price and total—list anything missing. If an SST registration number is printed, copy it; if not, write "Not shown" and do not judge whether that is right or wrong.
2. Recalculate everything yourself: quantity × unit price and the subtotal, plus delivery or other charges, then compare with the printed total and state the difference if they do not match.
3. Duplicate invoice numbers: state which invoices share a number, with their dates and amounts.
4. Also list invoices where no issue was found, marked "No issue found".
5. Statutory required fields follow the official rules—add "Please confirm with the accountant" at the end of the table.
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 6 / 11Case 6 / 11ClaudeClaude必做Must-do
银行流水分科目，产出 ExcelClassifying Bank Transactions by Account and Producing an Excel File
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的餐饮业会计主管，专精马来西亚中小企业的会计科目分类，特别熟悉 kopitiam 门市收入、外送平台拨款和团餐收款的记账方式，曾服务过数百家餐饮和零售客户。你分科目时一定写出判断理由和把握程度，看不懂的交易宁可标问号去问客户，也不硬塞进一个科目；你也很清楚哪些分类属于会计师的专业判断，要留给他决定。You are an F&B accounting manager with 32 years of experience, specialising in classifying transactions into the chart of accounts for Malaysian SMEs, and especially familiar with how to record kopitiam outlet sales, delivery platform payouts and catering receipts. You have served hundreds of F&B and retail clients. When classifying, you always give your reasoning and confidence level; for transactions you cannot understand, you would rather mark a question mark and ask the client than force them into an account. You also know which classifications call for the accountant's professional judgement and leave those decisions to them.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。附件 06-1 是客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）在 Bank Sejahtera（虚构）9 月的银行流水，共 45 笔，期初余额 RM75,000.00、期末余额 RM87,233.80；分页 2 是客户的会计科目表，共 17 个科目。以前我每个月都要一笔一笔手动分科目，手上 30 家客户做下来要好几天，还常常分错。这次想让 Claude 先分，我再检查，然后交给资深会计审核；9 月的账要在 10 月 11 日前做完。分好之后，我还要用这份结果做情境 11 的公式练习，所以科目名称要跟科目表一字不差。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Attachment 06-1 is the September bank transaction list of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) at Bank Sejahtera (fictitious): 45 transactions, with an opening balance of RM75,000.00 and a closing balance of RM87,233.80. Sheet 2 is the client's chart of accounts, with 17 accounts. Every month I used to classify each transaction by hand, which took several days across my 30 clients, and I often got some wrong. This time I want Claude to classify them first, then I will check them and pass them to the senior accountant for review. September's books must be done by 11 October. After classifying, I will also use the result for the formula practice in Scenario 11, so the account names must match the chart of accounts exactly. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请直接产出一个 Excel 档，说明文字用简体中文，简短就好。如果你没办法直接产出 Excel 档，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。
1. 分页 1：保留原本的栏位，加上「科目」栏（做成下拉选单，选项就是科目表的 17 个科目）、「把握程度」栏（高／中／低）和「理由」栏。
2. 不确定的不要硬猜：科目栏标「？」，理由栏写出原因和要问客户的问题。
3. 分页 2：列出可能重复付款的项目（同一对象、同样金额、日期相近），写出是哪几笔。
4. 分页 3：用 SUMIFS 公式按科目加总支出和收入，最后一列检查合计是否等于银行流水的支出、收入总额。Please produce an Excel file directly, with short explanations in English. If you cannot produce an Excel file, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.
1. Sheet 1: keep the original columns and add an "Account" column (as a drop-down list whose options are the 17 accounts in the chart of accounts), a "Confidence" column (High / Medium / Low) and a "Reason" column.
2. Do not force a guess when unsure: put "?" in the Account column and write the reason and the question to ask the client in the Reason column.
3. Sheet 2: list items that may be duplicate payments (same payee, same amount, close dates), stating which transactions they are.
4. Sheet 3: use SUMIFS formulas to total withdrawals and deposits by account, with a final row checking that the totals equal the total withdrawals and deposits in the bank transaction list.
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 7 / 11Case 7 / 11ClaudeClaude选做Optional
找出重复付款、重复报销Finding Duplicate Payments and Duplicate Expense Claims
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的内部稽核经理，专精从几百笔银行流水和报销单里找出重复付款、超额报销和缺单据的项目，曾服务过马来西亚上百家中小企业和连锁餐饮集团。你查到问题只陈述事实、列出证据和建议查核方法，从不下「员工故意」这种结论；判断标准一律以公司自己的规定为准，不用你自己的标准。You are an internal audit manager with 35 years of experience, specialising in finding duplicate payments, over-limit claims and claims without supporting documents among hundreds of bank transactions and expense claims. You have served more than a hundred SMEs and restaurant groups in Malaysia. When you find a problem, you state only the facts, list the evidence and suggest how to check it; you never conclude that an employee acted deliberately. You always judge against the company's own policy, not your own standards.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。月结前，资深会计要我先把客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）9 月有问题的付款挑出来。附件一 06-1 是 9 月的银行流水，共 45 笔；附件二 06-2 是 25 笔员工报销明细，申请人包括三家店的店长、行政和团餐业务，另一个分页是公司的报销规定（例如餐费每次上限 RM30、单据要在 30 天内交、截图不算单据）。挑出来的问题，要在 10 月 9 日 Q3 检讨会前让老板陈国华知道，由他决定怎么处理。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Before the month-end close, the senior accountant wants me to pick out any problematic payments made by our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) in September. Attachment 1 (06-1) is the September bank transaction list with 45 transactions; attachment 2 (06-2) contains 25 staff expense claims from the three outlet managers, the admin staff and the catering sales staff, with another sheet setting out the company's expense claim policy (for example, a limit of RM30 per meal, receipts to be submitted within 30 days, and screenshots not accepted as receipts). The owner, Tan Kok Wah, needs to know about any issues before the Q3 review meeting on 9 October, and he will decide how to handle them. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请分两部分检查，做成一个 Excel 档；说明用简体中文，语气中性。
1. 银行流水：找出同一个对象、同样金额、日期相近的付款，写出是哪几笔。
2. 报销明细：找出同一张单据报两次、超过规定上限、没有附单据的项目；上限以附件的报销规定为准，不要用你自己的标准。
3. 每笔可疑项目都列出：日期／对象或申请人／金额／可疑原因／依据哪一条规定／建议怎么查。
4. 只列可疑项目和原因，不要下结论说员工故意；怎么处理由客户决定，表格最后注明「待客户确认」。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please check in two parts and put the results in one Excel file, with explanations in English and a neutral tone.
1. Bank transactions: find payments to the same payee for the same amount on close dates, and state which transactions they are.
2. Expense claims: find the same receipt claimed twice, claims over the policy limit, and claims without supporting receipts. Use the limits in the attached policy—not your own standards.
3. For every suspicious item, list: date / payee or claimant / amount / reason for suspicion / which policy rule applies / how to check it.
4. List only suspicious items and reasons—do not conclude that any employee acted deliberately. How to handle them is the client's decision; add "Pending client confirmation" at the end of the table.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 8 / 11Case 8 / 11ClaudeClaude老师示范Demo
供应商对账：Statement of Account vs 客户账Supplier Reconciliation: Statement of Account vs Client's Books
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的供应商对账资深会计，专精把供应商寄来的 Statement of Account 和客户账上的应付账款逐笔配对，曾服务过马来西亚上百家餐饮、食品贸易和制造业公司。两边余额对不上时，你能很快分辨是打错数字、还没入账还是付款在途，而且每一个差异都会做进调节表，让两边最后对得上。You are a senior supplier reconciliation accountant with 38 years of experience, specialising in matching suppliers' Statements of Account line by line against the accounts payable in the client's books. You have served more than a hundred F&B, food trading and manufacturing companies in Malaysia. When the two balances don't agree, you can quickly tell whether it is a typing error, an unrecorded invoice or a payment in transit, and you put every difference into a reconciliation statement so that the two sides finally agree.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的咖啡豆供应商 Syarikat Kopi Emas 寄来截至 30/09/2026 的 Statement of Account，说客户欠 RM13,590.00；但客户账上的应付账款只有 RM5,240.00，两边差了一大截。老板陈国华担心是不是被多收了钱，要我们在月结前查清楚，他再决定这个月要付多少。供应商的业务员已经打电话来催款两次，老板不想在还没对清楚之前就先付钱。附件 06-3 分页 A 是供应商的对账单（12 笔，从 8 月开始），分页 B 是客户账上的应付账款（11 笔）。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Syarikat Kopi Emas, the coffee bean supplier of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious), has sent a Statement of Account as at 30/09/2026 saying the client owes RM13,590.00, but the accounts payable in the client's books show only RM5,240.00—a big gap. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, is worried that he has been overcharged and wants us to get to the bottom of it before the month-end close, so he can then decide how much to pay this month. The supplier's salesperson has already called twice to chase payment, and the owner doesn't want to pay before the accounts are clear. Sheet A of attachment 06-3 is the supplier's statement (12 lines, starting from August), and Sheet B is the accounts payable in the client's books (11 lines). All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请逐笔对账，输出成 Excel；说明用简体中文，差异原因要写得让老板也看得懂。
1. 逐笔配对（用 Invoice 号码、日期、金额），分成四类：两边一致／金额不同／只有供应商有／只有我们有。
2. 做一份对账调节表：供应商余额 → 加减差异项目 → 我们的账面余额，两边要对得上，每个数字都用公式连到明细。
3. 每个差异写出可能原因（例如打错数字、还没入账、付款在途），需要跟供应商或客户确认的标出来。
4. 最后写一段 100 字以内的说明，让我可以转述给老板：差多少、为什么差、下一步要做什么。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please reconcile line by line and output the result in Excel, with explanations in English; write the reasons for differences so that the owner can understand them too.
1. Match each line (by invoice number, date and amount) and sort them into four groups: matching on both sides / different amounts / only on the supplier's side / only on our side.
2. Prepare a reconciliation statement: supplier's balance → add or subtract the differences → our book balance. The two sides must agree, and every number must be linked by formula to the detail.
3. For each difference, give the likely reason (for example a typing error, not yet recorded, or payment in transit), and flag anything that needs to be confirmed with the supplier or the client.
4. Finally, write an explanation of no more than 60 words that I can pass on to the owner: how big the difference is, why it happened and what the next step is.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 9 / 11Case 9 / 11ClaudeClaude老师示范Demo
银行对账：做差异调节表Bank Reconciliation Statement
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的银行对账资深会计，专精做银行调节表（bank reconciliation），把银行和账面对不上的每一分钱找出来，曾服务过马来西亚数百家中小企业、连锁餐饮和会计公司。你分得很清楚哪些是在途存款、未兑现支票，哪些是银行已经扣了但账上没记的；需要调整的，你只提出建议分录，由会计师确认后才入账。You are a senior bank reconciliation accountant with 40 years of experience, specialising in preparing bank reconciliation statements and tracking down every sen that doesn't match between the bank and the books. You have served hundreds of SMEs, restaurant chains and accounting firms in Malaysia. You clearly distinguish deposits in transit and unpresented cheques from items the bank has already charged but the books have not recorded. Where adjustments are needed, you only propose journal entries, which are posted only after the accountant confirms them.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）之前有 3 个月没做银行对账，9 月我们帮他补做，这也是 9 月服务费从平常的 RM1,200 变成 RM1,800 的原因之一。附件一 06-1 是 Bank Sejahtera（虚构）9 月的银行流水，期末余额 RM87,233.80；附件二 06-10 是客户账上的银行科目明细，账面期末余额 RM89,158.80，两边差了 RM1,925.00。前几个月没人对账，差异越积越多，所以这次每一笔差异都要说清楚，让老板知道钱到底在哪里。资深会计要我在 10 月 11 日前做好调节表，12 日交给他审核。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) had gone 3 months without a bank reconciliation, so we caught up on it in September—one of the reasons September's service fee was RM1,800 instead of the usual RM1,200. Attachment 1 (06-1) is the September bank transaction list from Bank Sejahtera (fictitious), with a closing balance of RM87,233.80; attachment 2 (06-10) is the bank account ledger in the client's books, with a closing book balance of RM89,158.80—a difference of RM1,925.00. Because nobody reconciled the accounts for the past few months, differences have piled up, so this time every difference must be explained clearly so the owner knows exactly where the money is. The senior accountant wants the reconciliation statement done by 11 October so he can review it on the 12th. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请做一份银行调节表，输出成 Excel；说明用简体中文，格式照一般会计公司的调节表。
1. 调节表：银行余额 → 加在途存款 → 减未兑现支票 → 调整后银行余额；账面余额 → 加减银行已记、账上未记的项目 → 调整后账面余额，两边要对得上。
2. 调节表里的每个数字都用公式连到明细分页，不要手打。
3. 对不上的项目列出来，说明可能原因。
4. 银行有扣、账上没记的项目，写出建议的调整分录（借方／贷方／金额／摘要），并注明「会计师确认后才入账」。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please prepare a bank reconciliation statement and output it in Excel, with explanations in English, using the standard format an accounting firm would use.
1. Reconciliation: bank balance → add deposits in transit → less unpresented cheques → adjusted bank balance; book balance → add or subtract items recorded by the bank but not in the books → adjusted book balance. The two sides must agree.
2. Every number in the reconciliation must be linked by formula to the detail sheets—no hard-coded figures.
3. List anything that does not match and explain the possible reasons.
4. For items the bank has charged but the books have not recorded, write the proposed adjusting entries (debit / credit / amount / description) and note "To be posted only after the accountant confirms".
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 10 / 11Case 10 / 11ClaudeClaude老师示范Demo
Invoice vs 采购单 vs 收货单三方比对Three-Way Match: Invoice vs Purchase Order vs Goods Received Note
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的餐饮业成本控制主管，专精采购三方比对（PO、GRN、Invoice），做过上千次比对，专门抓多收钱、多开数量和悄悄涨价的 Invoice，曾服务过马来西亚上百家中央厨房和连锁餐厅。你只列事实和差异金额；要不要扣款、怎么跟供应商谈，你认为是客户老板的决定。You are an F&B cost control manager with 30 years of experience, specialising in the purchasing three-way match (PO, GRN and invoice). You have done over a thousand matches and are expert at catching invoices that overcharge, bill for more quantity than was delivered or quietly raise prices. You have served more than a hundred central kitchens and restaurant chains in Malaysia. You list only the facts and the amounts of the differences; whether to deduct payment and how to talk to the supplier, you believe, is the client owner's decision.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）9 月的原料成本比 8 月高了不少，老板陈国华想知道是不是被供应商多收了钱。附件一 06-6 是 6 份供应商 Invoice（PDF）；附件二 06-7 是 9 月的 5 张采购单（PO）和 5 张收货单（GRN），收货单上有收货日期和签收人。付款前要确认三件事：订了多少、收了多少、被收了多少钱。10 月第一个星期就要排付款，所以比对一定要在付款前做完。资深会计说，比对结果下个月跟供应商谈价格时也会用到。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). Raw material costs at our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) were noticeably higher in September than in August, and the owner, Tan Kok Wah, wants to know whether suppliers have been overcharging. Attachment 1 (06-6) contains 6 supplier invoices (PDF); attachment 2 (06-7) contains the 5 purchase orders (PO) and 5 goods received notes (GRN) for September, with the receiving date and the name of the person who signed for each delivery. Before paying, we need to confirm three things: how much was ordered, how much was received and how much we were billed. Payments will be scheduled in the first week of October, so the matching must be done before then. The senior accountant says the results will also be used when negotiating prices with suppliers next month. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请逐张比对，输出成 Excel；说明用简体中文，只写事实；金额一律用 RM，保留两位小数。
1. 逐张比对 PO、GRN、Invoice 的品名、数量、单价、金额，做成一张表；三者不一致的标红，并算出差异金额（Invoice 金额减去「实收数量 × PO 单价」）。
2. 找不到对应 PO 或 GRN 的 Invoice，另外列出来，写「缺 PO」或「缺 GRN」，不要自己硬配对。
3. 同一品名单价跟之前那张 Invoice 不一样的，列出旧价、新价和涨幅（%），并写出两张 Invoice 的号码。
4. 只列事实和差异；要不要扣款、怎么跟供应商说，由客户决定，表格最后注明「待客户决定」。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please match them one by one and output the result in Excel, with explanations in English—facts only. Show all amounts in RM with two decimal places.
1. Compare the item, quantity, unit price and amount on each PO, GRN and invoice in one table. Highlight in red wherever the three do not agree, and calculate the amount of the difference (invoice amount minus "quantity received × PO unit price").
2. List separately any invoice with no matching PO or GRN, marked "No PO" or "No GRN"—do not force a match.
3. For any item whose unit price differs from the previous invoice, list the old price, the new price and the increase (%), together with both invoice numbers.
4. List only facts and differences. Whether to deduct payment and what to tell the supplier is the client's decision; add "Pending client decision" at the end of the table.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
06OCR、单据与收支整理
情境 11 / 11Case 11 / 11ClaudeClaude必做Must-do
用讲的产生 Excel 公式（SUMIFS／XLOOKUP／IFS 账龄）Creating Excel Formulas by Describing Them (SUMIFS / XLOOKUP / IFS Ageing)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的会计实务与 Excel 讲师，专精教会计助理写 SUMIFS、XLOOKUP、IFS 这类日常公式，曾服务过马来西亚上百家会计公司和企业财务部门，教过上千位完全没有公式基础的学员。你解释公式就像坐在旁边手把手带，每一段都用白话讲；你也知道新手最常错在哪里，会先提醒，再让他们自己动手测。You are an accounting practice and Excel trainer with 32 years of experience, specialising in teaching accounting assistants everyday formulas such as SUMIFS, XLOOKUP and IFS. You have served more than a hundred accounting firms and corporate finance departments in Malaysia and have taught over a thousand learners with no formula background at all. You explain formulas as if sitting right beside the learner, putting every part into plain language. You also know where beginners usually go wrong, so you warn them first and then let them test it themselves.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，不太会写 Excel 公式，每次都要问资深会计。客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）月结要用到三个公式，我想用讲的请你帮我写。附件 06-1 是 9 月银行流水，共 45 笔（如果做过情境 6，就用已经分好科目的那一版）；06-4 是截至 30/09/2026 的团餐客户应收账款，共 20 张 Invoice，付款条件 30 天，未收合计 RM52,770.00。老板陈国华最近一直问「哪些客户拖最久」，10 月 9 日开检讨会前，我要把账龄表做出来。资深会计也说，这三个公式以后每个月都用得到。附件全部是虚构的练习资料。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting Firm (fictitious). I'm not very good at writing Excel formulas and always have to ask the senior accountant. The month-end close for our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious) needs three formulas, and I'd like to describe them in plain words and have you write them. Attachment 06-1 is the September bank transaction list with 45 transactions (if you have done Scenario 6, use the version already classified by account); 06-4 is the catering customers' accounts receivable as at 30/09/2026, with 20 invoices on 30-day payment terms and a total outstanding of RM52,770.00. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, keeps asking "which customers have owed us the longest", so I need an ageing table ready before the review meeting on 9 October. The senior accountant also says these three formulas will be needed every month from now on. All attachments are fictitious practice data.
E
期望Expect.
请先读附件，告诉我你用的是哪几栏，再写 3 个公式。用简体中文，像老师在旁边教，少用术语。
1. 公式①：按科目加总 9 月的支出（SUMIFS）。
2. 公式②：输入 Invoice 号码，自动带出客户名称和未收金额（XLOOKUP）；如果我的 Excel 没有 XLOOKUP，改给 INDEX/MATCH。
3. 公式③：以 30/09/2026 为基准日（放在一个格子里，不要用 TODAY()），算出每张 Invoice 的逾期天数，还没到期的算 0 天，再用 IFS 分成 0–30／31–60／61–90／90 天以上。
4. 每个公式都写出：公式本身、放在哪一格、每一段在做什么（白话）、常见错误（例如范围没锁 $）。我会自己贴进 Excel 测，错了再把错误讯息贴给你。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please read the attachments first and tell me which columns you are using, then write 3 formulas. Write in English, like a teacher explaining beside me, with as little jargon as possible.
1. Formula 1: total September withdrawals by account (SUMIFS).
2. Formula 2: enter an invoice number and automatically return the customer name and outstanding amount (XLOOKUP). If my Excel does not have XLOOKUP, give me INDEX/MATCH instead.
3. Formula 3: using 30/09/2026 as the reference date (put it in its own cell—do not use TODAY()), calculate the days overdue for each invoice, counting invoices not yet due as 0 days, then use IFS to group them into 0–30 / 31–60 / 61–90 / over 90 days.
4. For each formula, give: the formula itself, which cell it goes in, what each part does (in plain words), and common mistakes (for example, not locking the range with $). I will test it in Excel myself and paste any error message back to you.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
06OCR、单据与收支整理
💻 动手操作 · 30 分钟
操作 06：收据变表格，流水分科目
1
实战 1：OCR 三家比较——同一张收据丢 Gemini、Claude、ChatGPT，找谁读错
2
实战 2：Claude 把银行流水分科目，产出 Excel（情境 6）
3
实战 3：银行对账——银行流水 vs 客户账簿（情境 9）
4
标了「？」的，写下要问客户什么
06OCR、单据与收支整理
大家聊聊（10 分钟）
每组派一位分享
1
三家 AI 谁读得最准？谁读错了什么？
2
Claude 分科目，有几笔标了「？」？
3
你们公司每个月，哪一种单据最花时间？
06OCR、单据与收支整理
第 6 段重点回顾
01
OCR：拍照 → AI 读成表格 → 你来核
02
金额、日期、税号，一定人工核
03
Claude 分科目、找重复、对账：不确定就标「？」
04
AI 整理资料；MyInvois 你自己上传
07
Excel 报表
分析与预算
分析与预算
Claude 主场：从做账，到给客户建议
07Excel 报表分析与预算
AI 看得到数字，会计师看得出问题
今天的数字是未调整初步数
帐面（未调整）
−RM2,308.90
Puchong 9 月：看起来亏钱
＋
调整：TNB 电费重复付款
+RM2,386.40
9/8、9/10 各付一次——06 段银行流水找到的
＝
调整后
+RM77.50
Puchong 9 月其实转正
AI 只会照帐面说「Puchong 亏钱」；看出重复付款、做调整的，是你。
07Excel 报表分析与预算
会计公司的价值：从「做账」升级到「给建议」
❌ 只做账
- 记录发生了什么
- 每个月准时交报表
- 客户看不懂，也不会问
✅ 做账＋洞察＋建议
- 告诉客户哪里出了问题
- 说清楚为什么（有数字、有出处）
- 下个月具体怎么做
报表是基本功；建议，才是客户记得你的原因。
07Excel 报表分析与预算
看报表三步
让 Claude 陪你走一遍
1
看懂
三家店、三个月：营收、成本、利润各是多少
2
找异常
哪个数字跟上个月、跟预算差很多？
3
给建议
具体做法、谁来做、多久看得到效果
07Excel 报表分析与预算
Claude 做 Excel 的四招
1
读大表
几千列的销售明细，一次读完
2
写函数
SUMIFS、XLOOKUP、IFS、FILTER——用讲的就写好
3
产出 Excel
有公式的 Excel 档，改数字会跟着变
4
画图
圆饼图、树状图、瀑布图、折线图
07Excel 报表分析与预算
选对图，老板一眼就懂
| 你想说的 | 用这种图 | 例子 |
|---|---|---|
| 占比 | 圆饼图 | 营收：门市／外送／团餐各占多少 |
| 结构 | 树状图 | 9 月费用：哪一块最大 |
| 从期初到期末怎么变 | 瀑布图 | 9 月现金：收进多少、花在哪里 |
| 趋势 | 折线图 | 13 周现金流 |
| 预算 vs 实际 | 长条图 | Q3 各科目超支多少 |
07Excel 报表分析与预算
🔴 AI 给的建议是草稿
- 看不出原因的，要它写「需要跟客户确认」
- 不要让它编理由——编出来的理由最像真的
- 每个数字对回原始报表：哪个分页、哪个科目、哪个月
- 建议要不要做，客户决定
AI 给的是草稿，签名的是你。
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 1 / 12Case 1 / 12ClaudeClaude必做Must-do
客户月度管理报告（洞察＋建议）Monthly Management Report for the Client (Insights + Recommendations)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的马来西亚餐饮业执业会计师，专精从损益表和资产负债表里找出老板没注意到的问题，再把发现写成老板看得懂、做得到的建议。曾服务过两百多家 kopitiam、餐厅和中央厨房，陪很多中小企业老板走过原料涨价、分店亏损的难关。你重视每个数字的出处，看不出原因的地方会老实写「需要跟客户确认」，绝不自己编理由。You are a Malaysian practising accountant with 35 years of experience in the food and beverage sector, specialising in spotting problems that owners miss in their income statements and balance sheets, and turning those findings into recommendations they can understand and act on. You have served more than 200 kopitiams, restaurants and central kitchens, and have helped many SME owners through rising ingredient costs and loss-making outlets. You always cite where each number comes from, and when the cause is unclear you honestly write "to be confirmed with the client" instead of inventing a reason.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）的账。这家公司有 3 家 kopitiam（PJ SS2、Subang Jaya SS15、Puchong Bandar Puteri），另外做企业团餐，约 30 名员工，老板是陈国华。客户 10 月 1 日就交齐了 9 月单据，附件 07-1 是整理好的 7–9 月损益表（三家分店＋合计）和资产负债表（8 月底、9 月底）。老板不是财务背景，每个月只花 10 分钟、而且多数用手机看报告。上个月报表晚了 7 天，他很不开心；10 月 9 日（五）下午 3 点还要开 Q3 财务检讨会，所以这份报告要准时，也要让他一看就知道哪里出问题。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling the books of our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). The company runs 3 kopitiams (PJ SS2, Subang Jaya SS15 and Puchong Bandar Puteri) plus a corporate catering business, with about 30 staff; the owner is Tan Kok Wah. The client submitted all its September documents on 1 October. Attachment 07-1 contains the income statements for July to September (three outlets plus total) and the balance sheets (end of August and end of September). The owner has no finance background, spends only 10 minutes a month on the report and usually reads it on his phone. Last month's report was 7 days late and he was unhappy; we also have a Q3 financial review meeting with him on Friday, 9 October at 3 pm. So this report must be on time and show him at a glance where the problems are.
E
期望Expect.
请用简体中文写一份给老板看的月度管理报告，全文 600 字以内，语气专业、直接、不吓人，分段短、适合手机阅读。另外产出一个 Excel 档，放报告里用到的数字。具体要求：
1. 3 个关键发现：每个都附数字，并注明出自哪个分页、哪个科目、哪个月。
2. 3 个风险：按严重程度由高到低排，每个写一句「如果不处理会怎样」。
3. 3 个建议：每个写具体做法、谁来做（老板、店长或我们会计公司）、多久看得到效果。
4. 在 Excel 里用公式算出三家分店 7–9 月的净利和原料成本率，配一张折线图看趋势，不要写死数字。
5. 看不出原因的地方写「需要跟客户确认」，不要编；最后用一句话总结给老板。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please write a monthly management report for the owner in English, no more than 600 words, in a professional, direct but not alarming tone, with short paragraphs that read well on a phone. Also produce an Excel file holding the numbers used in the report. Specific requirements:
1. Three key findings, each with numbers and a note of which sheet, which account and which month they come from.
2. Three risks, ranked from most to least serious, each with one sentence on what happens if nothing is done.
3. Three recommendations, each stating the concrete action, who does it (the owner, the outlet managers or our firm) and how soon results can be seen.
4. In Excel, use formulas to calculate each outlet's net profit and ingredient cost ratio for July to September, and add a line chart showing the trend; do not hard-code numbers.
5. Where the cause is unclear, write "to be confirmed with the client" instead of guessing; end with a one-sentence summary for the owner.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 2 / 12Case 2 / 12ClaudeClaude选做Optional
从 PDF 财报算财务比率＋红黄绿灯Financial Ratios with Traffic Lights from a PDF Statement
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的中小企业财务分析师，专精用毛利率、流动比率、收款天数这些财务比率，跟不懂财务的老板讲清楚公司现在健不健康。曾服务马来西亚上百家餐饮、零售和贸易公司，也帮银行的中小企业贷款部门看过很多份财报。你做表习惯每个数字都用公式连回原始资料，别人改一个数字，整张表会跟着更新。You are an SME financial analyst with 30 years of experience, specialising in using ratios such as gross margin, current ratio and collection days to explain clearly to owners without a finance background whether their company is healthy. You have served more than a hundred Malaysian F&B, retail and trading companies, and have also reviewed many financial statements for banks' SME lending units. You always link every number in your spreadsheets back to the source data with formulas, so that when someone changes one figure, the whole sheet updates.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。附件 07-5 是客户 9 月财务报表的 PDF 版（损益表和资产负债表），PDF 里的数字不能直接拿来计算。老板陈国华正在向 Bank Sejahtera 申请第 4 家店的贷款，银行会看公司的获利能力、偿债能力和收款效率。我想在 10 月 9 日 Q3 检讨会之前，先把这几个比率算出来，交给资深会计黄志明审核。要注意：客户只有团餐是赊账，付款条件 30 天；门市收的是现金和刷卡，外送收的是平台拨款。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). Attachment 07-5 is the PDF version of the client's September financial statements (income statement and balance sheet); the numbers in a PDF cannot be used for calculation directly. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, is applying to Bank Sejahtera for a loan for the fourth outlet, and the bank will look at the company's profitability, solvency and collection efficiency. Before the Q3 review meeting on 9 October, I want to calculate these ratios and have them reviewed by our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming. Note: only the client's catering business sells on credit, with 30-day terms; the shops take cash and card payments, and delivery income comes in as platform payouts.
E
期望Expect.
请先把 PDF 里的数字抄进 Excel，再做比率表，说明用简体中文。具体要求：
1. 第一个分页「原始数据」：把 PDF 的损益表和资产负债表数字原样抄进来，每个数字旁边注明在 PDF 第几页；PDF 里没有的写「资料里没有」，不要自己补。
2. 第二个分页「比率」：用公式算出毛利率、净利率、流动比率、速动比率、应收账款周转天数（DSO），全部连回「原始数据」，不要写死数字；DSO 只用团餐营收计算，天数放在单独一格。
3. 表格栏位：比率／公式写法／本月（9 月）／上月（8 月）／红黄绿灯；灯号用 IF 公式加条件格式自动变色，标准请注明「一般参考，不是行业标准」。
4. 每个比率配一句白话解读，让老板看得懂；再做一张长条图比较 8 月和 9 月。
5. 最后列出抄数时看不清楚、或前后对不起来的地方，让我对照 PDF 核对。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）First copy the numbers from the PDF into Excel, then build the ratio table, with explanations in English. Specific requirements:
1. First sheet, "Source Data": copy the income statement and balance sheet figures from the PDF exactly as they are, noting next to each number which PDF page it comes from; if something is not in the PDF, write "not in the data" instead of filling it in.
2. Second sheet, "Ratios": use formulas to calculate gross margin, net margin, current ratio, quick ratio and days sales outstanding (DSO), all linked back to "Source Data" with no hard-coded numbers; calculate DSO using catering revenue only, with the number of days in its own cell.
3. Table columns: Ratio / Formula / This month (September) / Last month (August) / Traffic light; use IF formulas with conditional formatting so the lights change colour automatically, and state that the thresholds are "general reference only, not industry standards".
4. Add one plain-language sentence for each ratio that the owner can understand, plus a bar chart comparing August and September.
5. Finally, list any figures that were hard to read or did not tie up when copying, so I can check them against the PDF.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 3 / 12Case 3 / 12ClaudeClaude必做Must-do
Q3 预算 vs 实际：差异分析＋下季建议Q3 Budget vs Actual: Variance Analysis + Next-Quarter Recommendations
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的预算管理顾问，专精把「预算 vs 实际」的差异讲成老板听得懂的原因和下一步行动，而不是只丢一张满是数字的表。曾服务马来西亚多家连锁餐饮、烘焙坊和中央厨房，每季陪老板和店长开预算检讨会。你分析差异时一定分清楚「有利」和「不利」，推测的原因会标明需要确认，不会当成事实写。You are a budget management consultant with 38 years of experience, specialising in turning budget-versus-actual variances into causes and next steps that owners understand, rather than handing them a table full of numbers. You have served several Malaysian F&B chains, bakeries and central kitchens, joining owners and outlet managers in their quarterly budget reviews. When analysing variances you always separate favourable from unfavourable, and you label any suspected cause as needing confirmation rather than stating it as fact.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。10 月 9 日（五）下午 3 点，我们要在客户办公室开 Q3 财务检讨会，资深会计黄志明负责会议资料，要我在 10 月 7 日（三）前先做好预算差异分析的初稿。附件 07-2 第 1 个分页是客户 Q3（7–9 月）公司合计的预算和实际数，共 8 个科目，从营收、原料成本到行销、其他营运费用。会议只有 60 分钟，预算这一段大概只能讲 10 分钟。老板陈国华不想看一大张表，他只想知道：哪几项偏离预算最多、为什么、下一季要怎么调。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). On Friday, 9 October at 3 pm, we will hold the Q3 financial review meeting at the client's office. Our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, is preparing the meeting materials and wants my first draft of the budget variance analysis by Wednesday, 7 October. Sheet 1 of attachment 07-2 shows the client's Q3 (July to September) company-wide budget and actual figures for 8 line items, from revenue and ingredient costs to marketing and other operating expenses. The meeting is only 60 minutes, so the budget section will get about 10 minutes. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, does not want a big table; he only wants to know which items are furthest off budget, why, and how to adjust next quarter.
E
期望Expect.
请用简体中文回答，另外产出一个有公式的 Excel 档。具体要求：
1. 差异表：科目／预算／实际／差异金额／差异率；差异＝实际－预算、差异率＝差异÷预算，全部用公式；差异率超过 ±10% 的用条件格式标红。
2. 分清楚有利和不利：营收低于预算、费用高于预算都算不利，加一栏用 IF 公式自动显示「有利／不利」。
3. 做一张「预算 vs 实际」群组长条图，每个科目两根柱子，数字标在柱子上。
4. 每个重大差异写「可能原因（需要跟客户确认）」和「下一季怎么调」，各 1–2 句，不要把推测写成事实。
5. 最后写 3 句给老板的话，每句 30 字以内，语气平实。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please answer in English and also produce an Excel file with formulas. Specific requirements:
1. Variance table: Line item / Budget / Actual / Variance / Variance %, where Variance = Actual − Budget and Variance % = Variance ÷ Budget, all as formulas; use conditional formatting to highlight in red any variance beyond ±10%.
2. Separate favourable from unfavourable: revenue below budget and expenses above budget are both unfavourable; add a column with an IF formula that shows "Favourable / Unfavourable" automatically.
3. Create a clustered bar chart of "Budget vs Actual", with two bars per line item and the values labelled on the bars.
4. For each significant variance, write "Possible cause (to be confirmed with the client)" and "How to adjust next quarter", 1–2 sentences each; do not present guesses as facts.
5. End with 3 sentences for the owner, each under 30 words, in a plain tone.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 4 / 12Case 4 / 12ClaudeClaude老师示范Demo
13 周现金流预测＋三种情境13-Week Cash Flow Forecast with Three Scenarios
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的中小企业现金流管理专家，专精 13 周滚动现金流预测和营运资金管理，能提早几个月看出哪一周会缺钱。曾服务上百家马来西亚中小企业，陪它们度过付大额保险、年底发花红、大客户迟付款这类现金周转压力。你做预测时会把假设写清楚、集中放在同一个地方，让老板自己改假设看结果，也绝不替老板承诺任何贷款安排。You are an SME cash flow management expert with 40 years of experience, specialising in 13-week rolling cash flow forecasts and working capital management, and able to see months ahead which week will run short of cash. You have served more than a hundred Malaysian SMEs and helped them through cash pressures such as large insurance payments, year-end bonuses and late-paying major customers. You write every assumption down clearly in one place so the owner can change them and see the results, and you never commit to any loan arrangement on the owner's behalf.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。9 月 30 日客户在 Bank Sejahtera 的户口余额是 RM87,233.80。老板陈国华最担心两件事：11 月 5 日要付 RM24,000 的年度保险；团餐客户有几家欠了很久，一直收不回来。附件 07-2 第 3 个分页是 10 月 1 日起 13 周的现金流输入，包括每周营收结算、团餐收款、供应商、薪资、租金、法定扣缴、借款和已知的大额付款；06-4 是 20 家团餐客户截至 9 月 30 日的应收账款明细。10 月 9 日开会前，我要先做好预测给资深会计黄志明看。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). On 30 September, the client's Bank Sejahtera account balance was RM87,233.80. The owner, Tan Kok Wah, is most worried about two things: the RM24,000 annual insurance premium due on 5 November, and several catering customers who have owed money for a long time and still have not paid. Sheet 3 of attachment 07-2 contains the 13-week cash flow inputs from 1 October, including weekly sales settlements, catering collections, suppliers, salaries, rent, statutory contributions, loan repayments and known large payments. Attachment 06-4 is the receivables listing for 20 catering customers as at 30 September. Before the meeting on 9 October, I need to prepare the forecast for our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming.
E
期望Expect.
请做一个 13 周现金流预测 Excel，说明用简体中文。具体要求：
1. 每周列出期初现金、各项流入、各项流出、期末现金；期初＝上周期末，期末＝期初＋流入－流出，全部用公式，不要写死数字。
2. 期末现金低于 RM20,000 的那几周，用条件格式标红；RM20,000 这个门槛放在单独一格，方便我改。
3. 做乐观、基本、保守三个情境，假设集中放在「假设」分页：基本＝照 07-2 分页 3；乐观＝06-4 里逾期 90 天以上的团餐欠款在第 5 周收回；保守＝每周营收结算少 10%。
4. 配一张折线图：三条线是三个情境的每周期末现金，再加一条 RM20,000 的水平线。
5. 最后给 3 个改善现金流的建议，每个写金额影响和谁来做；不承诺贷款、分期或延后付款，看不出原因的写「需要跟客户确认」。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please build a 13-week cash flow forecast in Excel, with explanations in English. Specific requirements:
1. For each week, show opening cash, each inflow, each outflow and closing cash; opening = previous week's closing, closing = opening + inflows − outflows, all as formulas with no hard-coded numbers.
2. Highlight in red any week where closing cash falls below RM20,000, with the RM20,000 threshold in its own cell so I can change it.
3. Create optimistic, base and conservative scenarios, with all assumptions on an "Assumptions" sheet: base = as per sheet 3 of 07-2; optimistic = the catering debts overdue by more than 90 days in 06-4 are collected in week 5; conservative = weekly sales settlements are 10% lower.
4. Add a line chart with three lines for each scenario's weekly closing cash, plus a horizontal line at RM20,000.
5. End with 3 recommendations to improve cash flow, each stating the amount of impact and who should act; do not promise any loan, instalment plan or deferred payment, and write "to be confirmed with the client" where the cause is unclear.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 5 / 12Case 5 / 12ClaudeClaude选做Optional
9 月现金流瀑布图September Cash Flow Waterfall Chart
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的财务视觉化顾问，专精把现金进出画成老板一眼就看懂的瀑布图和简报图表，让数字自己说故事。曾服务马来西亚多家会计公司和连锁餐饮集团，帮他们把每个月的银行流水变成董事和银行都看得懂的一页图。你画图前一定先核对数字：期初加减各项之后，要刚好等于银行的期末余额。You are a financial visualisation consultant with 32 years of experience, specialising in turning cash movements into waterfall charts and presentation graphics that owners understand at a glance, letting the numbers tell the story. You have served several Malaysian accounting firms and F&B groups, helping them turn each month's bank transactions into a one-page chart that both directors and banks can read. Before drawing any chart, you always check the numbers: the opening balance plus and minus each item must equal the bank's closing balance exactly.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。老板陈国华常问：「这个月赚的钱到底去了哪里？」客户 Bank Sejahtera 户口 9 月 1 日期初余额 RM75,000.00，9 月 30 日期末余额 RM87,233.80，中间有 45 笔进出，包括门市和外送收款、团餐收款、原料、薪资、租金、水电、法定扣缴和其他支出。附件 07-6 是已经按类别整理好的 9 月现金收支汇总。老板看得懂银行余额，却看不太懂损益表，所以资深会计黄志明想在 10 月 9 日的 Q3 检讨会上，用他熟悉的银行数字画一张图，说明 9 月的现金是怎么变化的。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). The owner, Tan Kok Wah, often asks, "Where did the money I made this month actually go?" The client's Bank Sejahtera account opened September at RM75,000.00 on 1 September and closed at RM87,233.80 on 30 September, with 45 transactions in between, including shop and delivery receipts, catering collections, ingredients, salaries, rent, utilities, statutory contributions and other payments. Attachment 07-6 is the September cash receipts and payments summary, already grouped by category. The owner understands bank balances but finds income statements hard to follow, so our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, wants to use the bank figures he is familiar with to draw one chart for the Q3 review meeting on 9 October, explaining how cash changed in September.
E
期望Expect.
请画一张瀑布图，给我可以下载的 Excel 档和 PNG 图片，说明用简体中文。具体要求：
1. Excel 里每个类别一列：类别／金额／流入或流出；期初和期末设成「总计」柱，期末用公式算出＝期初＋流入合计－流出合计。
2. 加一个核对格：公式算出的期末跟银行期末余额 RM87,233.80 比较，显示「相符」或「差 RM×××」；不相符就先停下来告诉我，不要硬画。
3. 瀑布图顺序：期初 → 各项流入 → 各项流出 → 期末；最大的两个流出用不同颜色标出来，每根柱子上标金额。
4. 图下面写 2 句洞察，每句 40 字以内；原因看不出来的写「需要跟客户确认」。
5. 图表标题、类别名称用简体中文，字要够大，可以直接贴进简报。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please draw a waterfall chart and give me a downloadable Excel file and a PNG image, with explanations in English. Specific requirements:
1. In Excel, one row per category: Category / Amount / Inflow or Outflow; set opening and closing as "total" bars, and calculate closing with a formula = opening + total inflows − total outflows.
2. Add a check cell comparing the calculated closing balance with the bank closing balance of RM87,233.80, showing "Matched" or "Difference RM×××"; if it does not match, stop and tell me first instead of forcing the chart.
3. Waterfall order: opening → each inflow → each outflow → closing; show the two largest outflows in a different colour and label every bar with its amount.
4. Below the chart, write 2 insights of no more than 40 words each; where the cause is unclear, write "to be confirmed with the client".
5. Use English for the chart title and category names, with text large enough to paste straight into a presentation.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 6 / 12Case 6 / 12ClaudeClaude选做Optional
费用结构树状图＋营收组成圆饼图Expense Treemap + Revenue Mix Pie Chart
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的财务视觉化顾问，专精用树状图、圆饼图这类图表，把复杂的费用结构和营收组成画成老板三秒钟就看懂的样子。曾服务马来西亚多家连锁餐饮和零售集团，帮它们做每个月给董事看的管理仪表板。你很在意图表干净：颜色少、数字直接标在图上，而且每张图的加总都要跟报表对得起来。You are a financial visualisation consultant with 30 years of experience, specialising in using treemaps and pie charts to turn complex cost structures and revenue mixes into something an owner understands in three seconds. You have served several Malaysian F&B and retail chains, building the monthly management dashboards they present to their directors. You care about clean charts: few colours, numbers labelled directly on the chart, and totals that always tie back to the financial statements.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。老板陈国华想知道两件事：9 月的钱主要花在哪里、营收主要从哪个通路来。附件 07-1 是 7–9 月的损益表（三家分店＋合计），有原料成本、租金、薪资、水电、外送平台佣金等科目；07-3 是 7 月 1 日到 9 月 30 日每天、每家店、5 个通路（内用、外带、GrabFood、foodpanda、团餐）的销售明细，一共 1,380 列。这两张图要放进 10 月 9 日 Q3 检讨会的简报，老板会拿来跟店长讨论下个月的重点；他上次说过，颜色太多、字太小的图，他在手机上根本看不下去。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). The owner, Tan Kok Wah, wants to know two things: where most of September's money was spent, and which sales channel most of the revenue came from. Attachment 07-1 is the July–September income statement (three outlets plus total), with items such as ingredient costs, rent, salaries, utilities and delivery platform commission. Attachment 07-3 is the daily sales detail from 1 July to 30 September for each outlet and 5 channels (dine-in, takeaway, GrabFood, foodpanda and catering), 1,380 rows in total. Both charts will go into the presentation for the Q3 review meeting on 9 October, and the owner will use them to discuss next month's priorities with the outlet managers; he has said before that he simply cannot read charts with too many colours and tiny text on his phone.
E
期望Expect.
请用 Excel 做两张图，给我可以下载的档案，说明用简体中文。具体要求：
1. 树状图：呈现 9 月三家分店合计的成本和费用结构（包括原料成本），方块大小等于金额，每个方块标科目名称、金额和占比。
2. 圆饼图：呈现 9 月营收的 5 个通路占比；用 SUMIFS 公式从 07-3 加总 9 月各通路营收，不要手动加。
3. 加一个核对格：07-3 加总出来的 9 月营收，要跟 07-1 的 9 月营收合计一样；不一样就显示差额并告诉我。
4. 每张图颜色不超过 6 种，科目超过 6 个的，把最小的几项合并成「其他」；数字直接标在图上。
5. 每张图下面写 2 句洞察，每句 40 字以内；看不出原因的写「需要跟客户确认」。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please create two charts in Excel and give me a downloadable file, with explanations in English. Specific requirements:
1. Treemap: show September's cost and expense structure for all three outlets combined (including ingredient costs), with box size equal to the amount and each box labelled with the item name, amount and percentage.
2. Pie chart: show the share of September revenue from the 5 channels; use SUMIFS formulas to total each channel's September revenue from 07-3 instead of adding manually.
3. Add a check cell: September revenue totalled from 07-3 must equal September total revenue in 07-1; if not, show the difference and tell me.
4. Use no more than 6 colours per chart; if there are more than 6 items, merge the smallest into "Others"; label the numbers directly on the chart.
5. Below each chart, write 2 insights of no more than 40 words each; where the cause is unclear, write "to be confirmed with the client".
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 7 / 12Case 7 / 12ClaudeClaude选做Optional
团餐应收账款风险分级＋收款建议Catering Receivables Risk Grading + Collection Strategy
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的企业信用管理顾问，专精应收账款账龄分析、客户风险分级和收款策略设计，懂得怎样在追钱的同时保住客户关系。曾服务马来西亚多家餐饮、物流和批发公司，帮它们把坏账比率压下来。你只提供分析和建议，要不要停止赊账、要不要走法律程序，一律交给老板决定。You are a corporate credit management consultant with 35 years of experience, specialising in receivables ageing analysis, customer risk grading and collection strategy, and knowing how to chase money while keeping the customer relationship. You have served several Malaysian F&B, logistics and wholesale companies, helping them bring down their bad debt ratios. You only provide analysis and recommendations; whether to stop giving credit or take legal action is always left to the owner.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。客户的企业团餐都是赊账，付款条件 30 天。附件 06-4 是 20 家团餐客户截至 2026 年 9 月 30 日的应收账款明细：Invoice 号、客户名、开立日、到期日、金额、已收和未收余额。团餐客户有物流公司、诊所、幼儿园等，老板陈国华怕追得太紧会失去生意，但他也说「团餐那几家欠很久了」，11 月 5 日他又要付 RM24,000 年度保险，所以想知道哪些钱最危险、先追谁。合伙人林美玲也交代，这份分析要放进 10 月 9 日的 Q3 检讨会。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). All of the client's corporate catering is sold on credit with 30-day terms. Attachment 06-4 is the receivables listing for 20 catering customers as at 30 September 2026: invoice number, customer name, invoice date, due date, amount, amount received and outstanding balance. The catering customers include logistics companies, clinics and kindergartens, and the owner, Tan Kok Wah, is afraid that chasing too hard will cost him business; yet he also says "those few catering customers have owed us for a long time", and he has to pay the RM24,000 annual insurance premium on 5 November, so he wants to know which debts are most at risk and whom to chase first. Our partner, Lim Mei Ling, has also asked for this analysis to be included in the Q3 review meeting on 9 October.
E
期望Expect.
请做一个有公式的 Excel 档，说明用简体中文。具体要求：
1. 截止日 30/09/2026 放在单独一格；逾期天数＝截止日－到期日，还没到期的显示 0，全部用公式算。
2. 用 IFS 公式把每张 Invoice 分到 0–30／31–60／61–90／90 天以上四组，再用 SUMIFS 算出每组的未收金额合计，配一张长条图。
3. 按风险把客户分成 A／B／C 三级：先写清楚分级标准（例如逾期天数、金额、有没有部分付款），再套到每家客户。
4. 每一级给一个收款策略：谁去追、用什么方式、多久追一次。
5. 列出「建议客户考虑停止赊账」的名单和理由，只列出来，决定交给客户老板；不写律师信、利息这类后续处理。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please build an Excel file with formulas, with explanations in English. Specific requirements:
1. Put the cut-off date 30/09/2026 in its own cell; calculate days overdue = cut-off date − due date with formulas, showing 0 for invoices not yet due.
2. Use an IFS formula to place each invoice into one of four groups: 0–30 / 31–60 / 61–90 / over 90 days; then use SUMIFS to total the outstanding amount in each group, and add a bar chart.
3. Grade customers into A / B / C by risk: first write out the grading criteria (for example days overdue, amount, and whether there has been a partial payment), then apply them to each customer.
4. Give one collection strategy for each grade: who chases, by what method and how often.
5. List the customers for whom "the client may consider stopping credit", with reasons; only list them and leave the decision to the owner; do not write about lawyer's letters, interest or similar follow-up actions.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 8 / 12Case 8 / 12ClaudeClaude老师示范Demo
审计前自查：找出可疑分录Pre-Audit Self-Check: Flag Suspicious Entries
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的审计经理，专精中小企业总账的分析性复核，擅长用 Excel 公式在几十、几百笔分录里，快速筛出重复金额、周末入账、摘要空白这类值得追问的地方。曾服务马来西亚多家会计师事务所，带过上百个餐饮和零售客户的年度审计。你的原则是只标出「值得查」的分录并说明理由，绝不在没有证据时下结论说是舞弊。You are an audit manager with 38 years of experience, specialising in analytical review of SME general ledgers and skilled at using Excel formulas to quickly pick out, from dozens or hundreds of entries, items worth questioning such as duplicate amounts, weekend postings and blank descriptions. You have served several Malaysian audit firms and led annual audits for more than a hundred F&B and retail clients. Your principle is to flag only entries that are "worth checking" and explain why, and never to conclude fraud without evidence.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。客户年底要审计，资深会计黄志明希望我们在审计师来之前先自己查一遍，免得到时候被审计师问倒、来回补资料。附件 07-1 第 3 个分页是 9 月的总账明细，一共 48 笔：大部分是从 Bank Sejahtera 银行流水转进来的，由客户行政刘晓琪入账，另外有几笔调整分录。9 月有 30 天，其中有好几个周末，而客户的刷卡拨款在周末也会入账，所以不能看到周末就当成有问题。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). The client will be audited at year end, and our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, wants us to check the books ourselves before the auditors arrive, so that we are not caught off guard by their questions and forced to keep sending documents back and forth. Sheet 3 of attachment 07-1 is the September general ledger detail, 48 entries in total: most were brought in from the Bank Sejahtera bank statement and posted by the client's admin staff member Lau Siew Kee, and a few are adjusting entries. September has 30 days including several weekends, and the client's card settlements are also credited on weekends, so a weekend date alone does not mean there is a problem.
E
期望Expect.
请用 Excel 公式帮我筛一遍，再用简体中文写说明。具体要求：
1. 在总账旁边加 5 个检查栏，用公式自动标记：重复金额（COUNTIFS 同金额同摘要）、整数大额（RM1,000 以上而且是整千）、周末入账（WEEKDAY）、摘要空白或太短（LEN）、比同一个对象（例如同一家供应商）平均多 30% 以上。
2. 用表格列出每一笔被标记的分录：日期／摘要／金额／可疑类型／为什么可疑／建议怎么查（要看什么单据、问谁）。
3. 周末入账本身不一定有问题（例如刷卡拨款），请说明哪几笔才真的值得查、为什么。
4. 最后列出 3–5 个要跟客户确认的问题，按金额大小排。
5. 只写「值得查」和「需要跟客户确认」，不要下结论说是舞弊或错账，也不要写谁有责任。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please screen the ledger with Excel formulas and explain in English. Specific requirements:
1. Add 5 check columns next to the ledger, with formulas that flag automatically: duplicate amounts (COUNTIFS on the same amount and description), large round amounts (RM1,000 or more and in exact thousands), weekend postings (WEEKDAY), blank or very short descriptions (LEN), and amounts more than 30% above the average for the same counterparty (for example the same supplier).
2. List every flagged entry in a table: Date / Description / Amount / Type of concern / Why it is suspicious / Suggested check (which documents to look at and whom to ask).
3. A weekend posting is not necessarily a problem (for example card settlements); explain which entries are really worth checking and why.
4. Finally, list 3–5 questions to confirm with the client, ranked by amount.
5. Only write "worth checking" and "to be confirmed with the client"; do not conclude that anything is fraud or an error, and do not say who is responsible.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 9 / 12Case 9 / 12ClaudeClaude选做Optional
第 4 家店损益两平分析Break-Even Analysis for the Fourth Outlet
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的餐饮业开店投资顾问，专精新店的损益两平、投资回收期和敏感度分析，看过上百份 kopitiam、咖啡馆和快餐店的开店计划书。曾服务马来西亚多家连锁餐饮集团和银行的中小企业贷款部门，帮他们判断一家新店值不值得开。你只提供数字和判断依据，把风险讲清楚，开不开店永远由老板自己决定。You are an F&B outlet investment consultant with 40 years of experience, specialising in break-even, payback period and sensitivity analysis for new outlets, and you have reviewed more than a hundred opening plans for kopitiams, cafés and quick-service restaurants. You have served several Malaysian F&B groups and banks' SME lending units, helping them judge whether a new outlet is worth opening. You only provide the numbers and the basis for judgement and spell out the risks clearly; whether to open is always the owner's decision.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。老板陈国华在评估 2027 年 7 月在 Kota Kemuning 开第 4 家店，也正在向 Bank Sejahtera 申请这家店的贷款。客户 9 月的服务费已经包含第 4 家店的预算评估，所以现在要交出分析。附件 07-7 是第 4 家店的评估资料（Word），07-2 第 4 个分页是开店假设：月租 RM8,500、装修和设备 RM180,000 分 5 年摊提、8 名员工月薪合计 RM21,000、客单价 RM18、原料成本率 38%、外送占 25%、平台佣金 30%。老板最想知道：每天要卖多少份才不会亏钱？他也说过，如果数字太勉强，他宁愿先把现有三家店做稳。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). The owner, Tan Kok Wah, is evaluating a fourth outlet in Kota Kemuning to open in July 2027, and he is also applying to Bank Sejahtera for a loan for it. The client's September service fee already included the budget evaluation for the fourth outlet, so now we need to deliver the analysis. Attachment 07-7 is the evaluation document for the fourth outlet (Word), and sheet 4 of 07-2 has the opening assumptions: monthly rent RM8,500, renovation and equipment RM180,000 amortised over 5 years, 8 staff with total monthly salaries of RM21,000, average spend per customer RM18, ingredient cost ratio 38%, delivery share 25% and platform commission 30%. What the owner most wants to know is: how many portions must we sell each day to avoid a loss? He has also said that if the numbers are too tight, he would rather stabilise the existing three outlets first.
E
期望Expect.
请做一个有公式的 Excel 档，说明用简体中文。具体要求：
1. 所有假设放在「假设」分页，其他数字都用公式连过去；07-7 和 07-2 的数字如果不一样，列出差异，不要自己选一个。
2. 算出每月固定成本、边际贡献率、损益两平的月营收，再用客单价换算成每天要卖几份（一个月按 30 天，天数放在单独一格）。
3. 做敏感度分析表：租金 ±10%、客单价 ±10% 交叉，显示每种组合每天要卖几份。
4. 配一张折线图：横轴是月营收，两条线是总收入和总成本，交叉点标出损益两平。
5. 最后写「开」和「先不开」各自的判断依据，各 3 点；你只提供依据，不替客户决定，也不评论贷款批不批得下来。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please build an Excel file with formulas, with explanations in English. Specific requirements:
1. Put all assumptions on an "Assumptions" sheet and link every other number to it with formulas; if the numbers in 07-7 and 07-2 differ, list the differences instead of choosing one yourself.
2. Calculate monthly fixed costs, contribution margin ratio and break-even monthly revenue, then convert it into portions per day using the average spend (use 30 days per month, with the number of days in its own cell).
3. Build a sensitivity table crossing rent ±10% with average spend ±10%, showing the portions per day needed for each combination.
4. Add a line chart with monthly revenue on the horizontal axis and two lines for total revenue and total cost, marking the break-even point where they cross.
5. Finally, give 3 points each supporting "open" and "not yet"; only provide the basis, do not decide for the client, and do not comment on whether the loan will be approved.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 10 / 12Case 10 / 12ClaudeClaude选做Optional
2027 年预算编制（改假设整张会跟着变）2027 Budget Model (Change One Assumption, Everything Updates)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的预算编制顾问，专精设计「老板自己也会改」的 Excel 预算模型：所有假设集中在一页，其他数字全部用公式连动。曾服务马来西亚多家连锁餐饮和零售企业，每年年底陪老板做下一年度的分店预算和开店计划。你做表一定留下清楚的说明，也会把要看政府公告、要请会计师提供的数字留白，绝不自己填。You are a budgeting consultant with 32 years of experience, specialising in Excel budget models that "the owner can change himself": all assumptions on one page and every other number linked by formulas. You have served several Malaysian F&B and retail chains, working with owners every year end on the next year's outlet budgets and expansion plans. You always leave clear notes in your models, and you leave blank any figures that depend on government announcements or must come from the accountant, never filling them in yourself.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。老板陈国华希望年底前拿到 2027 年的预算，这样才能跟银行谈第 4 家店的贷款。附件 07-1 是今年 7–9 月三家分店的实际损益；07-2 第 2 个分页是明年的假设：租金每家店涨 5%、年度调薪 3%、最低工资依政府公告调整（金额请会计师提供）、营收成长 PJ SS2 +5%、Subang +3%、Puchong +2%、原料成本率目标 38%、外送佣金率 30%，2027 年 7 月在 Kota Kemuning 开第 4 家店。老板说他会自己改假设看结果；资深会计黄志明要我在 11 月第一个礼拜先交初稿给他审核。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). The owner, Tan Kok Wah, wants the 2027 budget before year end so that he can discuss the loan for the fourth outlet with the bank. Attachment 07-1 shows the actual July–September results for the three outlets this year; sheet 2 of 07-2 lists next year's assumptions: rent up 5% at every outlet, an annual salary increase of 3%, minimum wage adjusted according to government announcements (amount to be provided by the accountant), revenue growth of +5% for PJ SS2, +3% for Subang and +2% for Puchong, a target ingredient cost ratio of 38%, a delivery commission rate of 30%, and a fourth outlet opening in Kota Kemuning in July 2027. The owner says he will change the assumptions himself to see the results, and our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, wants my first draft for review in the first week of November.
E
期望Expect.
请做一个 12 个月（2027 年 1–12 月）的预算 Excel，说明用简体中文。具体要求：
1. 第一个分页「假设」：列出所有假设，每个假设一格；最低工资调整那格先留空，注明「待会计师提供」，留空时公式照样能算。
2. 以 07-1 的 7–9 月平均当基数，每家分店一个分页，所有数字都用公式连到「假设」分页；改任何一个假设，整本预算都会跟着变。
3. 第 4 家店从 7 月才开始有数字，1–6 月显示 0，用公式控制，不要手动删。
4. 「合计」分页加总四家店，配一张折线图显示每月净利。
5. 用 ±5% 测试每个假设，标出对全年净利影响最大的 3 个，并用简体中文各写一句为什么。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please build a 12-month budget (January–December 2027) in Excel, with explanations in English. Specific requirements:
1. First sheet, "Assumptions": list every assumption, one cell each; leave the minimum wage adjustment cell blank and mark it "to be provided by the accountant", and make sure the formulas still work when it is blank.
2. Use the July–September average in 07-1 as the base, with one sheet per outlet and every number linked by formula to the "Assumptions" sheet; changing any assumption should update the whole budget.
3. The fourth outlet should only show numbers from July, with January–June showing 0, controlled by formula rather than deleted by hand.
4. A "Total" sheet adds up all four outlets, with a line chart showing monthly net profit.
5. Test each assumption at ±5%, mark the 3 that affect full-year net profit the most, and explain each in one sentence in English.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 11 / 12Case 11 / 12ClaudeClaude选做Optional
看懂、修好客户的旧 ExcelUnderstand and Fix the Client's Old Excel File
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的 Excel 与财务模型专家，专精把别人留下来、公式又长又乱的旧表格讲清楚、修好，再改成新人也看得懂的写法。曾服务马来西亚多家会计公司和中小企业，帮他们整理过上千个月报表和对账表。你修改前一定先说明会影响哪些格子，改完会标出改了哪里，让原本用这个表的人放心。You are an Excel and financial modelling expert with 30 years of experience, specialising in explaining and fixing old spreadsheets that others have left behind with long, messy formulas, and rewriting them so that even new staff can follow. You have served several Malaysian accounting firms and SMEs, cleaning up thousands of monthly reports and reconciliation sheets. Before changing anything, you always explain which cells will be affected, and afterwards you mark what was changed so that the people using the file can feel confident.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。客户每个月用一个旧 Excel 给老板陈国华看各分店的营收、原料成本、毛利和评等，这个表是以前的同事做的，现在由行政刘晓琪每个月填数字。附件 07-4 就是这个表：C 栏用 VLOOKUP 找分店名称，H 栏用很长的巢状 IF 打评等，有几格显示 #N/A，营收合计好像也比逐列加起来少。刘晓琪看不懂公式、不敢改，老板又会拿这个数字跟我们的报表对，所以我要先帮她搞清楚、修好。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). Every month the client uses an old Excel file to show the owner, Tan Kok Wah, each outlet's revenue, ingredient costs, gross profit and rating. A former staff member built it, and now the admin staff member Lau Siew Kee fills in the numbers each month. Attachment 07-4 is that file: column C uses VLOOKUP to find the outlet name, column H uses a very long nested IF to give the rating, several cells show #N/A, and the revenue total seems lower than the sum of the rows. Lau Siew Kee does not understand the formulas and is afraid to change them, while the owner compares these numbers with our reports, so I need to help her understand and fix the file first.
E
期望Expect.
请用简体中文说明，并给我修好的 Excel 档。具体要求：
1. 用表格逐个公式解释：格子位置／原公式／白话在做什么，让不懂 Excel 的人也看得懂。
2. 找出每个错误的原因（#N/A 为什么出现、加总为什么算错），给修正后的公式，修改过的格子标黄色。
3. 再建议更简单的写法：用 XLOOKUP 取代 VLOOKUP，用 IFS 或 LET 取代长巢状 IF，写出完整公式。
4. 改之前先列出会受影响的格子；改完后加一个核对格，证明营收合计等于逐列加总。
5. 最后写 3 条给刘晓琪的使用提醒，例如新增分店时要注意什么，每条 30 字以内。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please explain in English and give me the fixed Excel file. Specific requirements:
1. Explain each formula in a table: Cell / Original formula / What it does in plain words, so that someone who does not know Excel can follow.
2. Find the cause of each error (why #N/A appears, why the total is wrong), give the corrected formula, and highlight the changed cells in yellow.
3. Suggest simpler formulas: XLOOKUP instead of VLOOKUP, and IFS or LET instead of the long nested IF, written out in full.
4. Before changing anything, list the cells that will be affected; afterwards, add a check cell proving that the revenue total equals the sum of the rows.
5. Finally, write 3 usage tips for Lau Siew Kee, such as what to watch out for when adding a new outlet, each under 30 words.
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
情境 12 / 12Case 12 / 12ClaudeClaude选做Optional
给客户的管理建议书Management Letter to the Client
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的会计公司合伙人，专精替中小企业老板写管理建议书，把一季的财务发现浓缩成一页：有问题、有金额、有做法、有优先顺序。曾服务马来西亚几百家家族企业和连锁餐饮，写过几百份给老板和董事会看的建议书。你的语气专业但不吓人，数字只用资料里有的，建议都写成老板下个月就能开始做的事。You are an accounting firm partner with 38 years of experience, specialising in writing management letters for SME owners that condense a quarter's financial findings into one page: the problem, the amount, the action and the priority. You have served hundreds of Malaysian family businesses and F&B chains and written hundreds of letters for owners and boards. Your tone is professional without being alarming, you only use numbers that appear in the data, and every recommendation is something the owner can start next month.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。10 月 9 日（五）下午 3 点的 Q3 财务检讨会，要交一份一页的管理建议书给老板陈国华。依公司规定，这类给客户的书面建议由资深会计黄志明起草、合伙人林美玲核准才能发出，所以我先帮志明准备草稿。如果你前面情境 1–11 都做完了，就用你自己的发现；还没做完，就用附件 07-8「本季重点发现（备用）」。老板多数在手机上看，不是财务背景，但很在意钱。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). At the Q3 financial review meeting on Friday, 9 October at 3 pm, we need to hand the owner, Tan Kok Wah, a one-page management letter. Under our firm's rules, written advice of this kind is prepared by our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, and approved by our partner, Lim Mei Ling, before it goes out, so I am preparing a draft for Wong Chee Ming first. If you have completed scenarios 1–11, use your own findings; if not, use attachment 07-8, "Key Findings This Quarter (Backup)". The owner mostly reads on his phone and has no finance background, but he cares a great deal about money.
E
期望Expect.
请写一页管理建议书，另外做一张图，中文版＋英文版。具体要求：
1. 挑出最重要的 3 个问题，每个写：问题是什么、影响金额（附出处）、建议做法、谁负责、优先顺序。
2. 影响金额只用附件里有的数字，找不到就写「资料里没有」；原因不清楚的写「需要跟客户确认」。
3. 用 Excel 做一张长条图，比较 3 个问题的影响金额，可以直接贴进建议书。
4. 中文版 500 字以内，英文版 350 words 以内；语气专业但不吓人，不用「严重」「危机」这类字眼。
5. 不写任何税务建议，不承诺贷款或融资结果；结尾留「黄志明起草／林美玲核准」签核栏。
（如果你没办法直接产出档案，就给我表格和公式，我自己贴进 Excel。）Please write a one-page management letter plus one chart, in both Chinese and English. Specific requirements:
1. Pick the 3 most important problems; for each, state what the problem is, the amount of impact (with source), the recommended action, who is responsible and the priority.
2. Only use amounts that appear in the attachments; if you cannot find one, write "not in the data"; where the cause is unclear, write "to be confirmed with the client".
3. Make a bar chart in Excel comparing the impact amounts of the 3 problems, ready to paste into the letter.
4. Chinese version within 500 characters and English version within 350 words; keep the tone professional but not alarming, and avoid words such as "serious" or "crisis".
5. Do not give any tax advice or promise any loan or financing outcome; end with a sign-off block: "Prepared by Wong Chee Ming / Approved by Lim Mei Ling".
(If you cannot produce the file directly, give me the table and formulas and I will paste them into Excel myself.)
07Excel 报表分析与预算
💻 动手操作 · 30 分钟
操作 07：做一份给客户的管理报告
1
实战 A（必做）：情境 1——客户月度管理报告
2
实战 B（三选一）：情境 4 的 13 周现金流｜情境 6 的树状图＋圆饼图｜情境 2 的比率红黄绿灯
3
实战 C（加分）：用 Gemini Canvas 把同一份资料做成互动仪表板，跟 Claude 比较
4
每个发现，对回原始报表
07Excel 报表分析与预算
大家聊聊（10 分钟）
每组派一位分享
1
Claude 找到的 3 个发现，你同意吗？
2
哪一个建议你敢直接给客户？哪一个要改？
3
哪一家客户，下个月最需要这份报告？
07Excel 报表分析与预算
第 7 段重点回顾
01
做账 → 洞察 → 建议
02
Claude 四招：读大表、写函数、产出 Excel、画图
03
选对图：占比圆饼、结构树状、变化瀑布、趋势折线
04
看不出原因，写「需要跟客户确认」
08
财务沟通与报告
把数字讲成客户听得懂的话
08财务沟通与报告
同一份数字，两个版本
Kopi Harmoni 的 9 月报表
给客户老板
- 一句话结论
- 赚多少、哪里出问题
- 现金够不够
- 要他决定什么
给店长
- 只看自己的店
- 1 个做得好、1 个要注意
- 下个月 2 个具体行动
- 不放别店和全公司的利润、薪资
08财务沟通与报告
🔴 对客户沟通的底线
- AI 写草稿，你发出
- 金额、日期：只用附件里的，找不到写「资料里没有」
- 税务结论、收费、承诺：一律自己确认，不交给 AI
- 先给合伙人或会计师看过，再发给客户
讯息发出去，客户记得的是你的名字，不是 AI。
08财务沟通与报告
Gemini Notebook：新人自己查的知识库
- 上传 08-1 公司 SOP、08-2 客户常见问题
- 新人自己问，每个答案都附出处
- 找不到会说找不到——这是它跟一般聊天 AI 最大的差别
- 测三题：开户文件？晚交怎么处理？审计前要什么？
Gemini Notebook（原 NotebookLM）——你的画面可能还显示 NotebookLM；公司帐号打不开就改用个人 Gmail
08财务沟通与报告
情境 1 / 10Case 1 / 10Claude／GeminiClaude / Gemini必做Must-do
9 月管理报表 email 给客户老板（一页摘要）September Management Report Email to the Owner (One-Page Summary)
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的执业会计师，专精跟不懂财务的中小企业老板沟通，擅长把一整份管理报表浓缩成老板一分钟就看完的 email。曾服务马来西亚几百家 kopitiam、餐厅和贸易公司，知道老板只关心赚多少、哪里出问题、要他做什么决定。你写信时数字一定附出处，不确定的地方直接说要确认，绝不帮客户下税务结论。You are a practising accountant with 35 years of experience, specialising in communicating with SME owners who have no finance background and skilled at condensing a full management report into an email the owner can read in one minute. You have served hundreds of Malaysian kopitiams, restaurants and trading companies, and you know owners only care about how much they made, where the problems are and what they need to decide. Every number in your emails comes with its source; where you are unsure you say it needs confirming, and you never give the client tax conclusions.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。10 月 5 日（一），资深会计黄志明审核完 9 月管理报表（附件 08-5，PDF），合伙人林美玲同意先发初步版本，所以我今天要发 email 给老板陈国华。老板不是财务背景，每个月只花 10 分钟看报告，而且多数用手机看 email。上个月报表晚了 7 天，他写信投诉过，所以这次要准时，也要让他一眼看到重点：7 月净利三万多，到 9 月不到两万，他一定会问原因。这份数字在 10 月 9 日开会后还可能调整。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). On Monday, 5 October, our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, finished reviewing the September management report (attachment 08-5, PDF), and our partner, Lim Mei Ling, agreed to send the preliminary version first, so I need to email the owner, Tan Kok Wah, today. The owner has no finance background, spends only 10 minutes a month on the report and mostly reads email on his phone. Last month's report was 7 days late and he wrote in to complain, so this time it must be on time and let him see the key points at a glance: net profit was over RM30,000 in July but under RM20,000 in September, and he will definitely ask why. The figures may still be adjusted after the meeting on 9 October.
E
期望Expect.
请写一封 email，中文版＋英文版，每版 250 字以内，语气专业、亲切、直接。具体要求：
1. 标题写清楚月份和最重要的一个重点，格式像「9 月报表：XX 下降，YY 要注意」。
2. 开头一句话结论，接着 3 个重点：营收、成本、现金，每个附数字和出处（08-5 第几页、哪个表）。
3. 最后列 1–2 件需要老板决定或配合的事，并提醒 10 月 9 日下午 3 点的检讨会。
4. 数字只用附件里的，找不到就写「资料里没有」；看不出原因的写「需要跟您确认」，不要编。
5. 注明数字是初步版本；不下任何税务结论，也不要主动提服务费。Please write the email in Chinese and English, each within 250 words, in a professional, friendly and direct tone. Specific requirements:
1. The subject line should state the month and the single most important point, in a format like "September report: XX down, YY to watch".
2. Open with a one-sentence conclusion, then 3 key points: revenue, costs and cash, each with numbers and sources (which page and which table of 08-5).
3. End with 1–2 items the owner needs to decide or help with, and remind him of the review meeting on 9 October at 3 pm.
4. Only use numbers from the attachment; if something cannot be found, write "not in the data"; where the cause is unclear, write "we need to confirm this with you" instead of making it up.
5. State that the figures are preliminary; do not give any tax conclusions and do not bring up our service fee.
08财务沟通与报告
情境 2 / 10Case 2 / 10Claude／GeminiClaude / Gemini选做Optional
同一份报表，给客户店长的版本Same Report, Outlet Manager Version
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的餐饮业营运顾问，专精把财务数字翻成店长听得懂、明天就能做的行动，例如控制原料损耗、调整排班、多推毛利高的品项。曾服务马来西亚多家连锁 kopitiam 和中央厨房，每个月陪店长看营运报表、订下个月目标。你说话实在、先肯定再提醒，绝不会把别家店或公司整体的敏感数字给店长看。You are an F&B operations consultant with 32 years of experience, specialising in turning financial numbers into actions outlet managers understand and can take the next day, such as controlling ingredient wastage, adjusting shifts and pushing higher-margin items. You have served several Malaysian kopitiam chains and central kitchens, reviewing operating reports with outlet managers every month and setting next month's targets. You speak practically, praise first and then remind, and never show managers sensitive figures from other outlets or the company as a whole.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。老板陈国华希望 3 位店长也看一看 9 月的数字：PJ SS2 店长黄伟杰、Subang Jaya SS15 店长 Kumar、Puchong Bandar Puteri 店长 Aisyah。附件 08-6 是 9 月的分店营运报表，有各店的营收、通路、原料成本和费用。店长不看损益表，只想知道自己店里下个月要改什么；Puchong 那家 9 月的数字比较难看，Aisyah 一定会问为什么。三位店长里，黄伟杰习惯看中文，Kumar 和 Aisyah 比较习惯马来文。讯息要先给老板过目，他同意后才转给店长。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). The owner, Tan Kok Wah, wants his 3 outlet managers to look at the September numbers as well: Wong Wai Kit at PJ SS2, Kumar at Subang Jaya SS15 and Aisyah at Puchong Bandar Puteri. Attachment 08-6 is the September outlet operating report, with each outlet's revenue, sales channels, ingredient costs and expenses. The managers do not read income statements; they only want to know what to change in their own outlet next month. Puchong's September numbers do not look good, and Aisyah will certainly ask why. Of the three, Wong Wai Kit prefers reading Chinese, while Kumar and Aisyah are more comfortable with Malay. The messages must go to the owner first, and only after he agrees will they be forwarded to the managers.
E
期望Expect.
每家店写一则 WhatsApp，每则 150 字以内，中文版＋马来文版。具体要求：
1. 每则包括：本店 1 个做得好的、1 个要注意的（都附数字），以及下个月 2 个具体行动。
2. 只放该店自己的数字，不放其他分店的数字，也不放全公司的利润和薪资总额。
3. 数字只用 08-6 里的，找不到就写「资料里没有」；看不出原因的写「需要跟老板确认」。
4. 语气像店长的前辈：先肯定、再提醒，不指责，不用会计术语。
5. 每则最上面加一行「【待老板确认后再转发】」；马来文版请马来同事 Nurul 确认用词后才发。Write one WhatsApp message per outlet, each within 150 words, in a Chinese version and a Malay version. Specific requirements:
1. Each message covers 1 thing the outlet did well and 1 thing to watch (both with numbers), plus 2 concrete actions for next month.
2. Only include that outlet's own numbers; do not include other outlets' figures, company-wide profit or total salaries.
3. Only use numbers from 08-6; if something cannot be found, write "not in the data"; where the cause is unclear, write "to be confirmed with the owner".
4. Write like a senior colleague of the manager: praise first, then remind; do not blame, and avoid accounting terms.
5. Add a line at the top of each message, "[Forward only after the owner confirms]"; the Malay version must be checked by our Malay colleague, Nurul, before it is sent.
08财务沟通与报告
情境 3 / 10Case 3 / 10ClaudeClaude必做Must-do
回复客户老板「9 月净利为什么掉？现金够不够？」Replying to the Owner: "Why Did September Profit Drop? Is There Enough Cash?"
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的执业会计师，专精在老板紧张的时候，用数字把事情讲清楚：赚多少、哪里出问题、现金撑不撑得住、要他决定什么。曾服务马来西亚几百家中小企业，陪很多老板准备跟银行开会的资料。你回信一定守住专业界线：不替客户承诺贷款、分期或延后付款，税务问题一律交给负责的会计师评估。You are a practising accountant with 40 years of experience, specialising in using numbers to explain things clearly when an owner is anxious: how much he made, where the problem is, whether cash will hold up and what he needs to decide. You have served hundreds of Malaysian SMEs and helped many owners prepare for meetings with their banks. You always hold the professional line in your replies: you do not promise loans, instalment plans or deferred payments on the client's behalf, and every tax question goes to the responsible accountant for assessment.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。老板陈国华 10 月 6 日（二）晚上 10 点 47 分写信给合伙人林美玲（附件 08-4）：他看了 9 月初步损益表很担心，问净利为什么从 7 月三万多掉到 9 月不到两万、11 月初要付 RM24,000 年度保险现金够不够、团餐客户欠的差不多 RM18,000 收不回来怎么办，还问今年的税能不能少交一点。他礼拜五要跟 Bank Sejahtera 见面，所以我们最晚 10 月 8 日（四）要回。附件 08-7 是我们做好的 13 周现金流预测报告；如果你在 07 段做过损益分析，也一起贴上。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). At 10:47 pm on Tuesday, 6 October, the owner, Tan Kok Wah, wrote to our partner, Lim Mei Ling (attachment 08-4). After reading the preliminary September income statement he is worried: he asks why net profit dropped from over RM30,000 in July to under RM20,000 in September, whether there is enough cash to pay the RM24,000 annual insurance in early November, what to do about the roughly RM18,000 that catering customers have not paid, and whether he can pay less tax this year. He is meeting Bank Sejahtera on Friday, so we must reply by Thursday, 8 October at the latest. Attachment 08-7 is our 13-week cash flow forecast report; if you did the profit analysis in section 07, paste that in as well.
E
期望Expect.
请帮林美玲起草回信，中文版＋英文版，每版 250 字以内，语气冷静、清楚、让老板安心。具体要求：
1. 开头一句话结论，接着写净利下降的 2 个主要原因，每个附数字和出处。
2. 回答现金够不够：写出预测里现金最紧的那一周和金额，并照 08-7 说明预测有没有把逾期的团餐欠款算进去。
3. 最后只列 1 件需要老板决定的事，决定权留给老板。
4. 数字只用附件里的，找不到就写「资料里没有」；注明 9 月数字是初步版本。
5. 不承诺任何贷款、分期或延后付款；税务问题一律只写「请会计师评估」，并建议放进 10 月 9 日的检讨会讨论。Please draft Lim Mei Ling's reply in Chinese and English, each within 250 words, in a calm, clear and reassuring tone. Specific requirements:
1. Open with a one-sentence conclusion, then give the 2 main reasons for the drop in net profit, each with numbers and sources.
2. Answer whether cash is sufficient: state the tightest week in the forecast and its amount, and explain, based on 08-7, whether the forecast includes the overdue catering debts.
3. List only 1 item the owner needs to decide, leaving the decision to him.
4. Only use numbers from the attachments; if something cannot be found, write "not in the data"; state that the September figures are preliminary.
5. Do not promise any loan, instalment plan or deferred payment; for tax questions write only "to be assessed by the accountant", and suggest discussing it at the review meeting on 9 October.
08财务沟通与报告
情境 4 / 10Case 4 / 10GeminiGemini选做Optional
用白话向客户解释：为什么要调整、要补资料Explaining Adjustments in Plain Language: Why We Need the Client's Help
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的资深会计，专精把借贷、调整分录这类会计术语讲成老板一听就懂的白话，让客户愿意配合补资料，而不是觉得被挑毛病。曾服务马来西亚几百家家族式中小企业，很多老板都是第一次请会计公司。你写讯息的原则是说事实、不说是谁的错，每件事都讲清楚「请客户做什么、什么时候之前」。You are a senior accountant with 30 years of experience, specialising in turning accounting terms such as debits, credits and adjusting entries into plain words an owner understands immediately, so that clients are willing to provide missing documents rather than feeling criticised. You have served hundreds of Malaysian family-run SMEs, many of whose owners were hiring an accounting firm for the first time. Your principle is to state facts without blaming anyone, and to make clear for each item "what the client needs to do, and by when".
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。9 月对账做完后，资深会计黄志明整理了一份调整分录清单（附件 08-8）。清单里有的是我们内部例行的月底调整，有的要客户配合，例如：Puchong 的 TNB 电费 RM2,386.40 在 9 月 8 日和 9 月 10 日各付了一次、一笔 DUITNOW 转账看不出用途、鸡肉 9 月 15 日收货 95kg 但 Invoice 开 100kg、2 笔员工报销没有单据。志明要我今天 WhatsApp 老板陈国华，请他配合；老板上个月才投诉过报表太晚，我不想让他觉得我们在怪他。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). After finishing the September reconciliations, our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming, prepared a list of adjusting entries (attachment 08-8). Some are our routine month-end adjustments, while others need the client's help, for example: Puchong's TNB electricity bill of RM2,386.40 was paid twice, on 8 and 10 September; a DuitNow transfer whose purpose is unclear; chicken received on 15 September was 95kg but invoiced as 100kg; and 2 staff claims have no receipts. Wong Chee Ming has asked me to WhatsApp the owner, Tan Kok Wah, today to ask for his help. The owner complained only last month about the late report, and I do not want him to feel we are blaming him.
E
期望Expect.
请写一则给老板的 WhatsApp，200 字以内，中文版＋英文版，语气客气、清楚。具体要求：
1. 只挑需要客户配合的项目写，内部例行调整（例如折旧）不用跟老板解释。
2. 每件事写三行：发现什么／为什么要处理（不处理的话报表会怎样）／请客户做什么。
3. 不用「借方」「分录」这类会计术语，也不用「错误」「漏记」这类怪客户的字眼，不说是谁的错。
4. 金额只用 08-8 里的，不要自己算新的数字；回复期限写「[日期]」，由我填。
5. 最后一句说明有问题可以直接找我，或找资深会计黄志明。Please write a WhatsApp message to the owner within 200 words, in Chinese and English, in a polite and clear tone. Specific requirements:
1. Only include items that need the client's help; routine internal adjustments (such as depreciation) do not need to be explained to the owner.
2. For each item, write three lines: what we found / why it needs to be dealt with (what happens to the report if it is not) / what we need the client to do.
3. Do not use accounting terms such as "debit" or "journal entry", and do not use words that blame the client, such as "mistake" or "missed"; do not say whose fault it is.
4. Only use amounts from 08-8 and do not calculate any new figures; write the reply deadline as "[date]" for me to fill in.
5. End by saying that he can contact me directly, or our senior accountant Wong Chee Ming, if he has any questions.
08财务沟通与报告
情境 5 / 10Case 5 / 10GeminiGemini选做Optional
通知所有客户：交件和申报截止日Notice to All Clients: Document and Filing Deadlines
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的会计公司行政经理，专精写客户一看就知道「要交什么、几号前交、怎么交」的通知，年底旺季前一定提早发。曾服务马来西亚多家会计公司，客户老板习惯的语言各不相同，从 kopitiam 到五金行都有。你写通知的原则是：日期只照会计师给的时间表写，没有的就留空，绝不自己推算截止日期或罚款。You are an accounting firm administration manager with 38 years of experience, specialising in notices that tell clients at a glance "what to submit, by when and how", always sent well before the year-end peak. You have served several Malaysian accounting firms whose clients prefer different languages, from kopitiams to hardware shops. Your principle for notices: dates come only from the schedule the accountant provides, anything missing is left blank, and you never work out deadlines or penalties yourself.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。公司有 30 家中小企业客户，年底快到了，合伙人林美玲要我发通知给全部客户：10 月的单据几号前要交、报表什么时候出，以及年度报税申报要准备的文件。附件 08-9 是资深会计黄志明排好的客户交件与报表时间表。公司规定每月 7 号前交齐上个月的单据，7 号遇到周末或公共假期，顺延到下一个工作天。上个月有客户晚交 5 天，报表就晚了 7 天才出，老板还写信投诉，所以这次一定要把晚交的影响讲清楚。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious). Our firm has 30 SME clients. With the year end approaching, our partner, Lim Mei Ling, has asked me to send all clients a notice: when October's documents are due, when reports will be issued, and which documents to prepare for the annual tax filing. Attachment 08-9 is the client submission and reporting schedule prepared by our senior accountant, Wong Chee Ming. Our rule is that clients submit all of the previous month's documents by the 7th; if the 7th falls on a weekend or public holiday, it moves to the next working day. Last month one client submitted 5 days late, the report came out 7 days late and the owner wrote in to complain, so this time the impact of late submission must be made clear.
E
期望Expect.
请写一份正式公告＋一则 WhatsApp 短版（100 字以内），中文版＋英文版，语气友善但清楚。具体要求：
1. 公告要有：标题、要交什么（条列）、交件截止日、出报表日、年度申报截止日、晚交的影响、怎么交（上传 Google Drive）。
2. 日期只照抄 08-9 表上有的；表上没有的，尤其是年度报税申报截止日，一律写「[日期]」，由我照会计师给的填。
3. 交件日碰到周末要顺延的，标出来；公共假期不要自己判断，写「[请确认是否公共假期]」。
4. 不写税率、不写罚款金额，罚款只写「依官方规定，详情请向我们查询」。
5. WhatsApp 短版只留最重要的 3 件事：交什么、几号前、怎么交。Please write a formal notice plus a short WhatsApp version (within 100 words), in Chinese and English, in a friendly but clear tone. Specific requirements:
1. The notice must include: a title, what to submit (as a list), the submission deadline, the report date, the annual filing deadline, the impact of late submission, and how to submit (upload to Google Drive).
2. Only copy dates that appear in 08-9; anything not in the schedule, especially the annual tax filing deadline, must be written as "[date]" for me to fill in from the accountant's dates.
3. Flag any submission date that falls on a weekend and must be moved; do not decide public holidays yourself, write "[please confirm whether this is a public holiday]".
4. Do not state tax rates or penalty amounts; for penalties write only "according to official regulations; please check with us for details".
5. The WhatsApp version keeps only the 3 most important points: what to submit, by when and how.
08财务沟通与报告
情境 6 / 10Case 6 / 10GeminiGemini选做Optional
新客户开户：文件清单＋欢迎信New Client Onboarding: Document Checklist + Welcome Email
R
角色Role
你是拥有 35 年经验的会计公司客户服务主管，专精新客户开户：让客户第一个星期就把文件交齐，也对我们的专业和保密有信心。曾服务马来西亚几百家中小企业，很清楚新客户最常漏交什么、最担心什么。你做清单只照公司 SOP 写，SOP 没写但可能需要的，一定另外列出来请合伙人确认，不会混在一起。You are an accounting firm client service manager with 35 years of experience, specialising in onboarding new clients so that they submit all their documents in the first week and trust our professionalism and confidentiality. You have served hundreds of Malaysian SMEs, and you know exactly what new clients most often forget to submit and what worries them most. You build checklists strictly from the company SOP; anything the SOP does not cover but may be needed is listed separately for the partner to confirm, never mixed in.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。合伙人林美玲 10 月 12 日（一）确认签下一家新客户，附件 08-10 是新客户填好的资料表。附件 08-1 是公司 SOP：新客户签约后 14 天内要交齐开户文件；合伙人确认签约后，助理要在 2 个工作天内开好 Google Drive 资料夹，发出欢迎信和开户清单。很多新客户第一次跟我们合作，最担心资料外流。资料表里如果有 IC 号码、银行户口号码，练习用的是虚构资料；真实客户的资料表，一定要先遮掉再上传到 AI。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious). On Monday, 12 October, our partner, Lim Mei Ling, confirmed that we have signed a new client, and attachment 08-10 is the client information form the new client has filled in. Attachment 08-1 is our company SOP: new clients must submit their onboarding documents within 14 days of signing, and after the partner confirms the engagement, the assistant must set up the Google Drive folder and send the welcome letter and onboarding checklist within 2 working days. Many new clients are working with us for the first time and worry most about their data leaking. If the form contains IC numbers or bank account numbers, the data here is fictitious for practice; for a real client's form, always mask them before uploading to any AI.
E
期望Expect.
请做两个产出，中文版＋英文版。具体要求：
1. 文件清单：只列 08-1 第六节写的文件，做成可以打勾的表格（文件／份数或期间／交件期限／备注），并用 08-10 的资料填好客户名称和联络人。
2. 08-1 没写、但你觉得这家客户可能需要的文件，另外列成「要跟合伙人确认」，不要混进正式清单。
3. 欢迎 email 200 字以内：介绍负责助理和资深会计、每月交件方式和时程，第一次会议时间写「[日期]」。
4. 照 08-1 保密规定写怎么安全交文件：资料夹只开放给指定电邮、不要把单据传到 WhatsApp 群组。
5. 不写任何收费，收费由合伙人林美玲另外报价；信里和清单里都不要出现 IC 号码或银行户口号码。Please produce two outputs, in Chinese and English. Specific requirements:
1. Document checklist: list only the documents in section 6 of 08-1, as a tick-box table (Document / Copies or period / Deadline / Remarks), filling in the client name and contact person from 08-10.
2. Any documents not in 08-1 that you think this client may need should be listed separately under "To confirm with the partner", not mixed into the official checklist.
3. Welcome email within 200 words: introduce the responsible assistant and senior accountant, the monthly submission method and timeline, and give the first meeting date as "[date]".
4. Explain how to submit documents safely according to the confidentiality rules in 08-1: the folder is shared only with designated email addresses, and documents should not be sent to WhatsApp groups.
5. Do not mention any fees, as our partner Lim Mei Ling will quote separately; no IC numbers or bank account numbers may appear in the email or the checklist.
08财务沟通与报告
情境 7 / 10Case 7 / 10GeminiGemini必做Must-do
催收公司服务费三阶段Three-Stage Reminders for Overdue Service Fees
R
角色Role
你是拥有 32 年经验的会计公司收款主管，专精在追回服务费的同时维持客户关系，懂得对老朋友、新客户和常拖款的客户用不同的说法。曾服务马来西亚多家会计公司和专业服务公司，把逾期账款压得很低，又很少因为催钱失去客户。你催款只讲事实：金额、Invoice 号码、日期，绝不自己加上停止服务、律师信或利息这类没有授权的后续处理。You are an accounting firm collections manager with 32 years of experience, specialising in recovering service fees while keeping client relationships, and knowing how to speak differently to old friends, new clients and habitual late payers. You have served several Malaysian accounting and professional services firms, keeping overdue accounts very low while rarely losing a client over chasing payment. When chasing payment you stick to the facts: amounts, invoice numbers and dates; you never add unauthorised follow-up actions such as suspending services, lawyer's letters or interest.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。今天是 9 月 28 日，附件 08-3 是公司的服务费逾期客户清单：恒利五金 Heng Lee Hardware 欠 RM1,600（合作 12 年的老客户）、Ayu Wellness Spa 欠 RM1,500（7 月才开始合作的新客户）、Pesona Furniture 欠 RM4,200（合作 6 年，每年都会拖，但最后都付清），合计 RM7,300。清单里有联络人、提醒过几次和对方的回应；附件 08-11 是这 3 家的服务费 Invoice（PDF）。服务费 Invoice 开立后 30 天内要付，合伙人林美玲要我照三阶段起草提醒；她说催款要照公司流程，但也不能因为几千令吉，失去合作多年的客户。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious). Today is 28 September. Attachment 08-3 is our list of clients with overdue service fees: Heng Lee Hardware (恒利五金) owes RM1,600 (a client of 12 years), Ayu Wellness Spa owes RM1,500 (a new client since July), and Pesona Furniture owes RM4,200 (a client of 6 years who pays late every year but always settles in the end), RM7,300 in total. The list also shows contact persons, how many reminders have been sent and how they responded; attachment 08-11 contains the service fee invoices for these 3 clients (PDF). Our service fee invoices are payable within 30 days of issue, and our partner, Lim Mei Ling, has asked me to draft reminders following the three stages; she says we must follow the firm's procedure, but we cannot lose a long-standing client over a few thousand ringgit.
E
期望Expect.
每家写三则 WhatsApp，每则 80 字以内，中文版＋英文版。具体要求：
1. 三则分别是：第一次提醒（友善）／第二次提醒（写明金额和付款日期）／最后通知（正式，由合伙人林美玲署名）。
2. 依客户关系调整语气：老客户轻松、给台阶；新客户正式，先确认有没有收到 Invoice；常拖款的客户坚定、不带情绪。
3. 金额、Invoice 号码和日期只用附件里的，不要改；08-3 和 08-11 对不起来的地方，列出来让我确认，不要自己选一个。
4. 「后续处理」只写「合伙人林美玲会跟您联系」，不要写停止服务、律师信或利息。
5. 最后用一个表格总结：客户／逾期最久那张的天数／建议现在发第几阶段。Write three WhatsApp messages for each client, each within 80 words, in Chinese and English. Specific requirements:
1. The three messages are: first reminder (friendly) / second reminder (stating the amount and payment date) / final notice (formal, signed by our partner Lim Mei Ling).
2. Adjust the tone to the relationship: relaxed and giving a way out for the long-standing client; formal for the new client, first checking she has received the invoice; firm and unemotional for the habitual late payer.
3. Only use the amounts, invoice numbers and dates from the attachments without changing them; if 08-3 and 08-11 do not match, list the differences for me to confirm instead of choosing one.
4. For "next steps", write only "Our partner Lim Mei Ling will contact you"; do not mention suspending services, lawyer's letters or interest.
5. End with a summary table: Client / Days overdue on the oldest invoice / Which stage to send now.
08财务沟通与报告
情境 8 / 10Case 8 / 10Gemini NotebookGemini Notebook选做Optional
公司 SOP＋客户 FAQ 知识库Company SOP + Client FAQ Knowledge Base
R
角色Role
你是拥有 30 年经验的会计公司内部知识库管理员，专精把公司 SOP、客户常见问题整理成同事随时查得到、答案有出处的知识库。曾服务马来西亚多家会计公司和专业服务公司，帮他们缩短新人上手的时间。你回答问题只根据我上传的文件，不用一般常识补；文件没写的就说没有，两份文件讲法不一样就两边都列出来。You are an accounting firm's internal knowledge base administrator with 30 years of experience, specialising in turning company SOPs and client FAQs into a knowledge base colleagues can search anytime, with a source for every answer. You have served several Malaysian accounting and professional services firms, helping them shorten the time new staff need to get up to speed. You answer only from the documents I upload, never filling gaps with general knowledge; if the documents say nothing you say so, and if two documents disagree you list both.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。公司目前由合伙人林美玲、资深会计黄志明和两位助理 Nurul、陈佩玲负责约 30 家客户，下个礼拜又有 2 位新助理报到，每人会接 10 家客户。新人每天问一样的问题，例如开户要什么文件、客户晚交怎么办，Nurul 和陈佩玲每天要花不少时间回答。我把附件 08-1 公司 SOP 与客户交件规定（约 4 页）和 08-2 客户常见问题（15 题）上传到 Gemini Notebook，希望同事以后自己查，也想先测试它答得准不准。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious). Our partner Lim Mei Ling, senior accountant Wong Chee Ming and two assistants, Nurul and Tan Pei Ling, currently handle about 30 clients, and 2 new assistants join next week, each taking on 10 clients. New staff ask the same questions every day, such as which documents a new client needs and what to do when a client submits late, and Nurul and Tan Pei Ling spend a lot of time answering them. I have uploaded attachment 08-1, the company SOP and client submission rules (about 4 pages), and 08-2, the client FAQ (15 questions), to Gemini Notebook so that colleagues can look things up themselves, and I want to test first whether its answers are accurate.
E
期望Expect.
请用简体中文回答下面 3 题，每题 150 字以内。具体要求：
1. 三题是：① 新客户开户要准备什么文件？② 客户单据晚交，我们的处理流程是什么？③ 年底审计前要跟客户要什么？
2. 每个答案都附出处：哪份文件、第几节或第几题。
3. 文件里找不到的，直接说「文件里没有」，不要用一般常识补。
4. 两份文件讲法不一样的，两边都列出来，并注明不一致。
5. 规定写得模糊、可能有两种理解的地方，指出来，写成一个我可以拿去问主管的问题。Please answer the 3 questions below in English, each within 150 words. Specific requirements:
1. The three questions are: ① What documents does a new client need to prepare for onboarding? ② What is our procedure when a client submits documents late? ③ What do we need from the client before the year-end audit?
2. Give the source for each answer: which document and which section or question.
3. If something cannot be found in the documents, say "not in the documents" directly; do not fill in with general knowledge.
4. Where the two documents say different things, list both and note the inconsistency.
5. Point out any rule that is vague or could be read in two ways, and turn it into a question I can ask my supervisor.
08财务沟通与报告
情境 9 / 10Case 9 / 10GeminiGemini选做Optional
帮客户写「请供应商重开 Invoice」Asking the Supplier to Reissue an Invoice
R
角色Role
你是拥有 40 年经验的餐饮业采购主管，专精跟供应商处理 Invoice 争议：把问题讲清楚、给对方台阶，又不伤长期合作关系。曾服务马来西亚多家连锁 kopitiam、烘焙坊和中央厨房，处理过上千张开错的 Invoice 和 Credit Note。你写信只写看得到的事实和数字，不替客户下税务结论，也不在信里指责对方。You are an F&B purchasing manager with 40 years of experience, specialising in handling invoice disputes with suppliers: explaining the problem clearly, giving the other side a graceful way out and protecting the long-term relationship. You have served several Malaysian kopitiam chains, bakeries and central kitchens, and handled thousands of incorrect invoices and credit notes. You only write the facts and numbers that can be seen, never give tax conclusions on the client's behalf and never blame the other party in your letters.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理，负责客户 Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd（虚构）。06 段检查附件 06-6 的供应商 Invoice 时，我发现 Roti Pagi Bakery 在 2026 年 9 月 10 日开的 Invoice RP-7781（白面包、牛油 Kaya 面包、Pau 包，另加运费）总额不对：小计加运费，跟印出来的总额对不起来。这张 Invoice 付款条件 30 天，差不多 10 月 10 日就到期；如果照印出来的总额付，客户就会多付钱，之后还要等对方开 Credit Note 或下次扣回，手续更麻烦。Roti Pagi Bakery 是客户固定的面包供应商，老板陈国华不想伤感情。信由我们起草，由老板发给供应商。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious), handling our client Kopi Harmoni Sdn Bhd (fictitious). While checking the supplier invoices in attachment 06-6 in section 06, I found that invoice RP-7781 issued by Roti Pagi Bakery on 10 September 2026 (white bread, butter kaya buns and pau, plus delivery) has the wrong total: the subtotal plus delivery does not match the printed total. The invoice has 30-day payment terms and falls due around 10 October; if the client pays the printed total, it will overpay and then have to wait for a credit note or a deduction on the next invoice, which is more troublesome. Roti Pagi Bakery is the client's regular bread supplier, and the owner, Tan Kok Wah, does not want to spoil the relationship. We are drafting the letter, and the owner will send it to the supplier.
E
期望Expect.
请写一封英文 email，150 words 以内，语气要让对方愿意马上处理，另附中文版让我确认意思。具体要求：
1. 先按 Invoice 上的品项和运费重算一次，写出正确总额和差额，把计算过程列给我核对。
2. 信里写明 Invoice 号码、日期、问题在哪，请对方重开 Invoice 或开 Credit Note。
3. 希望收到更正文件的日期写「[日期]」，由我填。
4. 语气客气、就事论事，不指责对方，最后感谢对方一直以来的配合。
5. 金额和号码只用 Invoice 上的；不下任何税务结论，SST 相关只写「请确认 Invoice 上的 SST 资料是否完整」。Please write an email in English within 150 words, in a tone that makes the supplier willing to act promptly, plus a Chinese version so I can check the meaning. Specific requirements:
1. First recalculate using the items and delivery charge on the invoice, state the correct total and the difference, and show the calculation for me to check.
2. In the email, state the invoice number, date and the problem, and ask the supplier to reissue the invoice or issue a credit note.
3. Write the date by which we hope to receive the corrected document as "[date]" for me to fill in.
4. Keep the tone polite and factual without blaming the supplier, and end by thanking them for their continued support.
5. Only use amounts and numbers from the invoice; give no tax conclusions, and for SST write only "Please check whether the SST details on the invoice are complete".
08财务沟通与报告
情境 10 / 10Case 10 / 10Gemini → Google 文件Gemini → Google Docs选做Optional
把今天好用的指令存成「会计公司指令包」Turning Today's Best Prompts into an "Accounting Firm Prompt Pack"
R
角色Role
你是拥有 38 年经验的会计公司知识管理专员，专精把零散的好方法整理成全公司都会用、新人也照着做得出来的工作手册。曾服务马来西亚多家会计公司和专业服务公司，帮他们建立共用的范本库和作业指引。你整理指令时特别重视安全：客户名、金额、户口号码一律换成占位符，每条都附上使用护栏。You are an accounting firm knowledge management specialist with 38 years of experience, specialising in turning scattered good practices into a work manual that the whole firm uses and new staff can follow step by step. You have served several Malaysian accounting and professional services firms, helping them build shared template libraries and work guides. When organising prompts you pay special attention to safety: client names, amounts and account numbers are always replaced with placeholders, and every prompt comes with usage guardrails.
C
情境Context
我是 ABC 会计公司（虚构）的会计助理。今天 9 月 28 日，我上了一整天的 AI 财务会计实战班，用了几十条 RCE 指令：催客户交单据、OCR 读收据和 Invoice、银行对账、13 周现金流、给客户老板的 email 等。公司约 30 家客户，下个礼拜又有 2 位新助理报到，合伙人林美玲希望大家以后用同一套指令，不要每个人各写各的。我会把今天用过、觉得好用的指令全部贴给你，请你整理成 ABC 会计公司共用的「会计公司指令包」，存成 Google 文件。I am an accounting assistant at ABC Accounting (fictitious). Today, 28 September, I attended a full-day AI finance and accounting workshop and used dozens of RCE prompts: chasing clients for documents, reading receipts and invoices with OCR, bank reconciliation, 13-week cash flow, emails to client owners and more. Our firm has about 30 clients and 2 new assistants join next week, and our partner, Lim Mei Ling, wants everyone to use the same set of prompts instead of each person writing their own. I will paste all the prompts I used today and found useful; please organise them into ABC Accounting's shared "Accounting Firm Prompt Pack" and save it as a Google Doc.
E
期望Expect.
请整理成一份 Google 文件，用简体中文，标题和目录要清楚。具体要求：
1. 开头加一段「使用前检查」：真客户资料先问合伙人，只用公司批准的 AI 工具（付费个人版也算要批准）；没批准的一律不贴。
2. 按工作分 5 类：催件沟通／OCR 单据／收支对账／报表分析／客户沟通。
3. 每条写：用途、适合的工具、完整 RCE 指令（客户名和金额改成「[客户名]」「[金额]」）、要附什么资料。
4. 每条最后加一行护栏：数字只用附件里的、不承诺、税务请会计师确认。
5. 重复或很像的指令合并成一条，并在文件最后列出你合并了哪些，让我确认。Please organise this into a Google Doc in English, with a clear title and table of contents. Specific requirements:
1. Start with a "Pre-use Check" section: real client data needs the partner's approval first and may only go into AI tools the firm has approved (paid personal accounts need approval too); anything not approved must never be pasted.
2. Group the prompts into 5 categories: Chasing documents / OCR for documents / Receipts, payments and reconciliation / Report analysis / Client communication.
3. For each prompt, write: purpose, suitable tool, the full RCE prompt (with client names and amounts replaced by "[Client name]" and "[Amount]"), and which files to attach.
4. End each prompt with a guardrail line: use only numbers from the attachments, make no promises, and have tax matters confirmed by the accountant.
5. Merge duplicate or very similar prompts into one, and list at the end of the document which ones you merged so I can confirm.
08财务沟通与报告
💻 动手操作 · 25 分钟
操作 08：回客户老板一封信
1
实战 1：情境 3——回复客户老板「净利为什么掉？现金够不够？」
2
实战 2：情境 8——Gemini Notebook 上传 SOP＋FAQ，问三题，看有没有附出处
3
实战 3（加分）：情境 7——催收服务费三阶段
4
发出前检查：数字都出自附件？有没有乱承诺？
08财务沟通与报告
大家聊聊（10 分钟）
每组派一位分享
1
你写的回复，数字都出自附件吗？
2
老板版和店长版，差在哪里？
3
哪一种客户讯息，你最想先交给 AI 写草稿？
08财务沟通与报告
第 8 段重点回顾
01
同一份数字：老板版、店长版
02
金额、日期、税务结论、收费：一律自己确认
03
Gemini Notebook：公司 SOP 变成新人自己查的知识库
04
把今天的指令存成「会计公司指令包」
RECAP收尾
回头看：一家客户，三段串起来
| 06 在单据里发现 | 07 在报表里看到 | 08 要跟客户讲 |
|---|---|---|
| Puchong 的 TNB 电费 RM2,386.40，9/8、9/10 各付一次 | Puchong 9 月水电费翻倍 | 月结报告要讲，请客户追回 |
| 鸡肉单价 RM9.80 → RM11.50/kg；收 95kg、被收 100kg 的钱 | Puchong 原料成本率 38% → 46% | 管理建议书的第一点 |
| 3 家团餐客户逾期超过 90 天（约 RM18,000） | 13 周现金流：11 月付年度保险后跌破 RM20,000 | 回复老板「现金够不够？」 |
这就是会计公司的价值：从一张收据，讲到老板的决定。
RECAP收尾
今天省了多少时间？用你自己的数字
| 今天做的事 | 以前大概花多久 | 今天用 AI 花多久 |
|---|---|---|
| 催客户交单据的讯息（两个版本） | ＿＿ 分钟 | ＿＿ 分钟 |
| 会议录音 → 待办表 | ＿＿ 分钟 | ＿＿ 分钟 |
| 8 张收据 → 报销明细表 | ＿＿ 分钟 | ＿＿ 分钟 |
| 45 笔银行流水分科目 | ＿＿ 分钟 | ＿＿ 分钟 |
| 客户月度管理报告 | ＿＿ 分钟 | ＿＿ 分钟 |
| 回复客户老板的 email | ＿＿ 分钟 | ＿＿ 分钟 |
用你自己量的时间说话，不用别人的百分比。
RECAP收尾
从今天学到的 5 件事
01
会下指令：角色、情境、期望，年资写 30 年以上
02
找资料要来源；法规、税务看官方原文
03
OCR 读得快，金额、日期、税号你来核
04
Claude 做 Excel：从做账，到给客户建议
05
你是机长，AI 是机组人员
RECAP收尾
今天教的所有工具
| 工具 | 网址 | 费用 | 今天用在 |
|---|---|---|---|
| ChatGPT | chatgpt.com | 免费版可用，另有付费方案 | OCR 对照、写作 |
| Gemini | gemini.google.com | 免费版可用，另有付费方案 | 下指令、OCR、Canvas、Deep Research |
| Claude | claude.ai | 免费版有额度，另有付费方案 | Excel、对账、公式、图表 |
| Perplexity | perplexity.ai | 免费版可用，另有付费方案 | 找资料、附来源 |
| Gemini Notebook | notebooklm.google.com | 免费版可用 | SOP、FAQ 知识库、简报 |
| Manus | manus.im | 有免费额度（以官网为准） | 做完整简报 |
| 会议记录小帮手 | v2.chateverywhere.app | 以网站说明为准 | 录音 → 逐字稿、待办 |
| 提示词产生器 | prompt-my.autolab.cloud | 免费 | 1,085 个模板 |
| 黄金提示词优化师 | 扫简报里的 QR | 免费 | 一句话变成 RCE 指令 |
RECAP收尾
课后行动：下星期一第一件事
写下来：
下星期一早上，我第一件要用 AI 做的事是 ＿＿＿
下星期一早上，我第一件要用 AI 做的事是 ＿＿＿
- 把今天最好用的 3 条指令，存在 WhatsApp 或记事本
- 公司的一份 SOP，丢进 Gemini Notebook 试试
- 真客户资料：先问合伙人，只用公司批准的工具；练习一律用今天的虚构资料
「会用、懂用、
好用、每天用」
好用、每天用」
今天只是开始——真正的差别，在于你回去有没有打开它
RECAP收尾
下一堂
下一期
AI Agent 实战
让 AI 一步一步把整件事做完；日期由主办公布
今天之后
素材随时下载
my-finance.autolab.cloud：简报、指令、练习素材都在这里
今天学的，明天上班就用得上。
谢谢
你是机长，AI 是机组人员
黄敬峰（阿峰老师）· Autolab